YFP 355: 5 Financial Moves to Make After Graduation


Sponsored by YFP+, YFP Co-Founder Tim Ulbrich shares five key elements for building a strong financial foundation after graduation.

Episode Summary

On this episode sponsored by YFP+, host Tim Ulbrich outlines five key elements for building a strong financial foundation. Whether you are a pharmacy student looking ahead, a soon to be 2024 graduate, or a resident, fellow, or new practitioner trying to find solid financial footing, Tim shares what it means to build a strong financial foundation, no matter where you are in your career.  

With the average pharmacist facing staggering student loan debt and often lacking financial knowledge, Tim shares practical strategies to help pharmacists to begin to navigate debt management, investing, insurance coverage and retirement planning.

About Today’s Guest

Tim Ulbrich is the Co-Founder and CEO of Your Financial Pharmacist. Founded in 2015, YFP is a fee-only financial planning firm and connects with the YFP community of 15,000+ pharmacy professionals via the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast podcast, blog, website resources and speaking engagements. To date, YFP has partnered with 75+ organizations to provide personal finance education.

Tim received his Doctor of Pharmacy degree from Ohio Northern University and completed postgraduate residency training at The Ohio State University. He spent 9 years on faculty at Northeast Ohio Medical University prior to joining Ohio State University College of Pharmacy in 2019 as Clinical Professor and Director of the Master’s in Health-System Pharmacy Administration Program.

Tim is the host of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast which has more than 1 million downloads. Tim is also the co-author of Seven Figure Pharmacist: How to Maximize Your Income, Eliminate Debt and Create Wealth. Tim has presented to over 200 pharmacy associations, colleges, and groups on various personal finance topics including debt management, investing, retirement planning, and financial well-being.

Key Points from the Episode

  • Financial moves after graduation, including debt management and investing. [0:00]
  • Financial planning for pharmacists, including student loan debt and income management. [3:52]
  • Financial planning for pharmacists, including assessing current financial state and setting long-term goals. [8:28]
  • Proactive budgeting to prioritize financial goals. [13:50]
  • Investing early and often for financial success. [18:24]
  • Investing for pharmacists, including retirement accounts and tax-advantaged savings. [23:39]

Episode Highlights

“Without a plan, pharmacists certainly may be income rich, but net-worth poor.” – Tim Ulbrich [6:48]

“I saw firsthand how good decisions early in the career could certainly accelerate the financial plan, as I now look back nearly 18 years as well as how some of those bad decisions had a lingering effect in our financial plan. That’s part of the reason why I’m so passionate about teaching this topic to pharmacists at all stages of their career.” – Tim Ulbrich [8:08]

“At the end of the day, money is a tool. And we’ve really got to strike this balance between making sure that we’re taking care of our future selves, making sure that we’re putting this foundation in place today, and also living a rich life along the way.” – Tim Ulbrich [12:21]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich  00:00

Hey everybody, Tim Ulbrich here and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast for each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. On today’s episode, I’ll be covering five financial moves to make after graduation. Whether you’re a student looking ahead, a soon to be 2024, grad, or resident fellow or new practitioner trying to find solid financial footing, this episode is for you. We’ll be talking all about what it means to build a strong financial foundation, including practical strategies that you can implement in your own plan. 

Before we jump into today’s show, I have two exciting announcements. First up, make sure to sign up for our next YFP webinar on Thursday, April 25 at 8:30pm Eastern, where pharmacist and real estate agent, Nate Hedrick, The Real Estate RPh, co-host of the YFP Real Estate Investing Podcast, will be presenting on your checklist for buying a home in 2024. During this free webinar, Nate will walk you through how to know if you’re ready to buy a home. We’ll discuss the current state of the housing market and give valuable insights into the home buying process. You learn more and register at yourfinancialpharmacist.com/webinar again, yourfinancialpharmacist.com/webinar. 

Second announcement last year we launched a nonprofit YFP Gives that aims to empower a community pharmacist to give to alleviate the indebtedness of the PharmD students and graduates, to help enhance the financial literacy within our profession, and to support other pharmacist-led philanthropic organizations and efforts. We’re thrilled to announce that our first round of the YFP Gives scholarships is now live! We’ll be giving out three $1,000 scholarships and applications are due on April, 30 2024. For those eligible for the scholarship include PharmD students and new practitioners within five years of graduation. You can learn more and apply at yfpgives.org/cholarship. Again, yfpgives.org/scholarship. 

Alright, let’s hear more about our new online community YFP Plus, and then we’ll jump into today’s episode.

Do you ever feel like you’re trying to figure out this money stuff all on your own and aren’t sure where to turn? Maybe you’re overwhelmed with determining how to tackle your student loan repayment. Or perhaps you’re living paycheck to paycheck despite making a six figure income. Maybe you have a negative net worth and aren’t sure how to climb out of debt or make progress on your financial goals. Trust me, I’ve been there. When I finished my residency, I was starting at $200,000 of student loan debt and confused about how to best navigate the transition to new practitioner. I had a great income, but was living paycheck to paycheck and felt trapped. The good news is that you don’t have to continue feeling that way. At Your Financial Pharmacist, we want pharmacists to have the education, resources, and support they need to get a plan in place so they can stop feeling overwhelmed and they can use their six-figure income in the best way possible. That’s why we created YFP Plus an online membership community that empowers pharmacists to gain the knowledge and skills necessary to take control of their financial well being. Inside YFP Plus you have access to exclusive on demand courses. Like the prescription for student loan success, you have access to the right capital financial planning tool so you can track your debt assets and net worth to view your financial progress. You’ll have access to exclusive live events, monthly themes and challenges, a space to ask questions to YFP financial planning and tax professionals, and a community of like minded pharmacists on a similar financial journey as you. If you’re ready to get started inside YFP Plus to take control of your finances, visit yourfinancialpharmacists.com/membership. And if you sign up today, you’ll get a 30 day free trial. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/membership. 

Hi there, Tim Ulbrich here welcome to this week’s episode of the YFP podcast. Excited to be talking about this very important financial transition, whether it’s going from student to new practitioner or resident or fellow to new practitioner, critical five year window, where we need to really be thinking about how we can best optimize the financial plan and get on some solid financial footing. So in the next several weeks, we’re about 12,000 pharmacy students that are going to be awarded the doctor of pharmacy degree joining them of course in the workforce will be those completing postgraduate training, whether that be residents, fellows, graduate students, and these graduates on average are gonna make about $120-$130,000 a year of course, depending on where they live in the area of employment they choose. And if we assume that they work a 40-year period with an average raise cost of living about one to 3% they’re going to earn approximately six to $9 million throughout their careers. Let me say that again: about six to $9 million of gross income throughout their careers. 

Now if we assumed that about 30% of that income would be eaten up by federal income tax, FICA tax, which is Medicare and Social Security, state income tax, health insurance premiums, and a small contribution to an employer sponsored retirement plan, that leaves about four to $6 million of take home pay. So again, we start with about six to $9 million of gross income, we’re left with about four to $6 million of take home pay. Now I know that’s imperfect math, right? There’s a lot of assumptions that are in there, but just Just stay with me for a moment. We can debate how far a six figure income does or doesn’t go. But let’s agree that a pharmacist income on average, is about $50,000 above the average household income in the United States.

So if we look at the average household income in the United States, it’s about $75,000 per year, it was the average pharmacist’s income according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, that’s about $130,000 per year, right. So by all intensive purposes, pharmacists make a good income. And if it’s managed wisely, it should be more than enough. So what’s the problem? Well, I’ve talked with hundreds of pharmacists who make a great income but feel like they aren’t progressing financially. They feel stuck. And yes, student loan debt is a big contributor, but it’s certainly not the sole culprit. And I know that because we recently had three-plus years worth of a pause on federal loan payments starting back at the beginning of the pandemic, and those feelings of making a high income, but not progressing financially didn’t go away during that time period. The main reason I see pharmacists experiencing financial stress is the omission of having an intentional plan in place that includes clear goals, and a system that prioritize and funds those goals on a monthly basis. It’s proactive, intentional planning. Without a plan, pharmacists certainly may be income rich, but net-worth poor.

That’s really what today’s episode is all about. It’s about having an intentional plan, and building a strong financial foundation early in one’s career. Now, I know the importance of this because I lived it. 

So as many of you know, I graduated from pharmacy school in 2008. I did a year residency, in 2009. Came out of residency entered an academic position. And I remember vividly having that feeling of, wait a minute, I make a good income, but I don’t feel like I’m progressing financially. And the main reason for my journey for our journey as a family is that early on, we were navigating through a sizable amount of student loan debt, a little over $200,000 of student loan debt. And we would eventually get that paid off in the fall of 2015. That was a big milestone for our journey, certainly one that I’m excited about and excited and teaching others about as well.

However, we made that journey more difficult than it needed to be. I didn’t understand terms like Public Service Loan Forgiveness, there wasn’t great information out there. We paid more interest than we had to in the journey. We perhaps, weren’t looking at how other parts of the financial plan fit together while we are also pursuing that debt repayment. And because of that, I saw firsthand how good decisions early in the career could certainly accelerate the financial plan, as I now look back nearly 18 years as well as how some of those bad decisions had a lingering effect in our financial plan. That’s part of the reason why I’m so passionate about teaching this topic to pharmacists at all stages of their career. Here, we’re of course talking about those that are making that transition. Now let’s talk about what I mean by having a strong financial foundation. 

So through my own experience, and in teaching 1000s of other pharmacists on this topic, I’ve come to appreciate really five key elements that are critical to building a strong financial foundation. Now let’s be clear, this is not five things that once we check the list, this is the finish line, right? Think of this as literally the first couple blocks that we’re putting in place on the foundation of our financial plan so that we can grow and thrive in the long term and do so with confidence. So let’s talk through what these five areas are. 

Number one is completing a financial vitals check. So I believe the starting point is to complete an honest self assessment of where you are today with your personal finances as a pharmacist, right. no need for judgment, no need for shame. Where are we today? Because before we can implement a plan, right, we have to have a good idea of our progress made thus far and what are some of those opportunities that we could potentially improve upon.

So here are just a handful of questions to really help you consider areas of the financial plan that might require your attention. Number one, do I have an emergency fund in place, approximately three to six months worth of essential expenses? Number two, do I have any revolving high interest rate credit card debt, right? I’m not talking about the credit card charges that you pay off each month but that revolving debt that’s accruing. Perhaps 20-25% interest. Number three, do I have an optimize student loan repayment strategy? Critical as we look at many new practitioners and the average debt load that folks are carrying, this is often a key piece of the financial puzzle that we have to put in place, and then build around it. Do I have sufficient own occupation, long-term disability insurance that covers about 60% of my income in the event that I’m unable to work as a pharmacist? A few more questions. Do I have sufficient term life insurance to care for loved ones who depend on my income? If that’s applicable. Do I have adequate professional liability insurance? And do I know my retirement number? Have I thought about, certainly far away, but what is that number that we’re shooting for in the future? Am I on track? If not, how much should I be saving each month to ultimately achieve that goal? We have a lot of information, and resources in each one of these areas available at yourfinancialpharmacist.com.

We certainly have talked through many of these topics at length on the podcasts and the blog, so make sure to check out those resources. Furthermore, if you if you want to go through some of this in more detail yourself, we have a really neat tool available called the YFP Financial Fitness Test. We’ll link to that in the show notes. It’s a really fun interactive quiz that will take you through essentially conducting a vital check in and help identify some areas that you perhaps can improve upon, and that you might want to implement as you look at setting goals for the future. So that’s step number one, completing a vitals check

Number two. Step number two is setting the vision setting the vision. So after we reflect on the current state, right, the current situation, the Financial Vitals Check. It’s time to really establish a vision for the future. Now, this is the area where I think it’s really helpful that we let ourselves dream a little bit right, we just perhaps bogged ourselves down and kind of looking at the current state and the reality, maybe that didn’t bring the greatest feelings of joy. And so this is our opportunity to really let ourselves dream a little bit. Spending time reflecting on questions like what does it mean to be living your rich life? What brings you the most joy? As it relates to the financial plan? Are there experiences such as traveling, giving spending time with family and friends or something else? Right, at the end of the day, money is a tool. And we’ve really got to strike this balance between making sure that we’re taking care of our future selves, making sure that we’re putting this foundation in place today, and also living a rich life along the way.

One more final question to reflect upon, if you were to find yourself in a position where you were financially independent, the find that you are no longer required to work. How would you be spending your time perhaps for some of you? The answer is, hey, exactly like I am is great. Right? This is meant to help us identify what are those things that derive and give us the greatest significance, and meaning in our lives. And for every person, this certainly can look different. So that’s number two. Step number two, letting ourselves dream setting the vision, before we start to chart the path forward. Alright, step number three, is to develop the spending plan to develop the budget to develop the system that’s going to help us bring this vision to reality. Right. So in step number one, we identified what are some of the opportunities, what are some of areas that we might want to focus on. Step number two is really about the vision of where we want to go. 

Step number three, is now about making that come to life. Now, while one spending plan method, budgeting method, whatever you want to call, it will never be right for everyone, I really believe that the zero-based budget is a great place to start, especially for those early in their career, those that are looking to get back on track. Reason being is that with a zero-based budget, you give every dollar you earn a job before the month begins. This is a proactive planning process. Now, I’m not suggesting this as a method that you stay with forever. This certainly can feel onerous at times. But as we’re looking at defining how we’re spending our income, making sure that we’re allocating income towards our goals, and that we have a good track on what that income is and how it’s being spent. This system is really going to help us shine a light on that. So the goal is again, we’re doing this proactively is to spend your paycheck essentially down on paper to zero, and to ensure that your financial goals can be funded rather than hoping you have money leftover at the end of the month.

Okay, so for example, let’s say that after step one, which again, step number one was completing the vitals check, and step number two is really setting that vision. Let’s say you identify three goals that you want to focus on over the next year, just as one example. Let’s say goal number one is to save $500 per month for an emergency fund, and up until it’s fully funded at $25,000. Let’s say that you want to save $300 per month in a Roth IRA to supplement your retirement savings. And finally, is the third goal. Let’s say that you want to save $300 a month and a travel account to fund one trip per year. Okay, so in that vision setting, you determine that travel was a was an item that was really important. So in this case, with these three goals, right, we have some money set aside in earmark for the emergency fund some for retirement savings in a Roth IRA, some in a travel account, when you go to work the budget through the budgeting process, you want to have those three areas represented just like any other expense, so that you prioritize these before the month begins.

Again, we’re working proactively really important, rather than hoping we’ve got something leftover at the end of the month. So just like we account for a mortgage, or rent payment, or utility payment, or a car payment, right, we want to think about our goals in the same sense, and making sure that we’re building our plan accordingly to prioritize and fund those goals. In my experience, and in talking with others, so much of the stress, so much of the feelings of overwhelmed and confused around the financial plan comes from having all of these competing priorities swirling in our minds, without necessarily a plan for how we’re actually going to achieve them. Right. And so what we need to do, and what we’re trying to do here in step number three is get those ideas out of our head onto paper. So we can list them down, we can prioritize them, and we can start to put a plan in place to actually achieve those goals and to see the progress.

Now, sometimes we realize that, hey, in this season, or in this moment, we’re not necessarily going to get to all of those goals. That’s certainly normal. But at least we have an expectation of what’s happening. And we’ve been intentional with proactively planning how we’re going to work through those different goals. Now, if you’re ready to try this out yourself, we’ve got a free budgeting template you can download, we’ll take you through this process that I’m referring to here. You can download that at yourfinancialpharmacist.com/budget, we’ll link to that in the show notes as well. Again, your financialpharmacist.com/budget. Alright, that’s step number three, developing the spending plan. 

Step number four, is automating your plan. Now I’ve talked about this several times on the podcast, and I’ve referenced that this has really been one of the most transformational things that Jess and I, over the last 15-16 years since I graduated, have really evolved into that has had a significant impact on our own plan. So once we do the work in steps one through three, right. Once we’re able to complete that vitals check to identify what are some of those gaps, what their progress once we’re able to set the vision once we implement the spending plan. Now it’s time that we make sure we execute, right we actually achieve these goals. And that’s really what automation is all about. I

n his book I Will Teach You To Be Rich , Ramit Sethi says that automating your money will be the single most profitable system that you ever built. And I agree automation is so apparent, so effective, so easy to implement, yet vastly under utilized. It involves essentially scheduling the transfer of funds to the predefined goals, right? We just talked about that in the previous steps and doing so confidently knowing that we’ve already accounted for these in the budget, right, because we were proactively planning during that process. Sure, it takes a bit of time to set up. But once it’s set up, it provides a long term return on your time benefit. And perhaps equally, if not more important peace of mind knowing that you’ve thought about prioritize and have a plan working for you to fund your goals. Right. I just mentioned a couple moments ago that so much of the feelings of stress and confusion, overwhelmed come from that uncertainty come from the unknown. So this step is all about bringing it into the known and executing on the plan that we set.

Tim Ulbrich  18:54

So in terms of operationalizing this, one example certainly not the only way, my wife Jess and I, we have a high yield savings account. We use Ally Online Bank for all of our accounts. And inside of that high yield savings account, we essentially have several different buckets. And those buckets are named according to the goals that we’re working on. Right. So one bucket, for example, is an emergency fund. Another bucket might be for a vacation that we have earmarked, you know this summer or next year, one bucket is for the next car purchase one bucket might be for something related to the boys’ education or to the activities that they’re involved in. So all of that rolls up into one high yield savings account. So it’s liquid, it’s accessible, we can get it we can move it to our checking account if we need it. However, the key there is it’s earmarked and defined for the goals that we’re trying to achieve. Now. Just like I said, a little bit of a go, you know, this may not be a forever system that you have to develop. We have found it to be something that’s beneficial ongoing because it’s a visual reminder. It’s the visual aspect of hey, we set those goals, here are the actual buckets, right named for the goal that we worked on. And it allows Jess and I, I’d have some really good conversations. And of course, transparency into the system that we’re working on. This system it took us about 15 minutes to get set up. And again, you could just as easily achieve it through perhaps your own bank that you already have, or through tracking these in a simple spreadsheet. So, as I mentioned, the buckets are simply a visual representation, it really is just sitting in one high yield savings accounts. And it’s then earmarked to these different buckets. So that’s step number four is automating the plan. 

Step number five, again, as we’re on this journey, towards building a strong financial foundation, is investing early and often. Investing early and often. Now, Albert Einstein is credited with saying whether he said it or not, compound interest is the eighth wonder of the world. He who understands it earns it, he who doesn’t, pays it. Right, regardless of whether he actually said it’s really good advice, the time value of money is real. And the earlier you save, the less aggressive you’re going to have to be. Now easier said than done, right? Considering many competing priorities that new practitioners are facing. And I remember well, in my journey after graduating 2008, not only was it the student loans that were staring us in the face, right, it was a potential home purchase, it was the emergency fund, it was building up some additional reserves, and of course wanting to enjoy some things as well during that transition. So there’s a lot of things that are coming at you in this season of life. And shortly thereafter, we would start our family and certainly new expenses that would be there as well. 

Now let’s take a look at an example of how powerful early investing can be. Okay, early investing. So if we assume and you can run your own numbers using a number of calculators, we have several on the YFP site as well. But if we assume a pharmacist is making, let’s say, $126,000 per year, if we assume that their incomes gonna go up on average, about 2% per year could be a cost of living adjustment could be a performance adjustment, a combination of both, we’re gonna assume that they’re going to put away 15% of their income. And we’ll assume that there’s an average annual rate of return on that investment of 6%. Now, we know the markets don’t work like that in terms of a clean 6% every year. But for the sake of the calculation, we’ll go with that we’ll assume no match from the employer, and that they have a planned retirement age of 60. Okay, so pretty normal situation. So I’m gonna make an average pharmacists salary that’s putting away about 15% of the year and they want to retire at the age of 60. Now, what we see is that if they start at the age of 25, saving 15% of their income with these assumptions, when they get to the age of 60, the math tells us they’re gonna have about $2.6 million. Now, is that enough is a whole another question, right, we’ve talked about that. On the show before we’ve done an episode on how much is enough, we’ll link to that in the show notes as well. So 25, if they start, we’ve got $2.6 million at the age of 60, a coordinator these assumptions now if we wait to the age of 30, right, because of student loans, because life’s expensive, there’s a lot of things going on that 2.6 turns in $1.8 million. An $800,000 difference already. If we wait to 35, we’re down to $1.2 million. If we wait to 40, we’re down to $800,000. Right. So that’s the power of time value of money. That’s what Albert Einstein was talking about with compound interest in  really the value of investing as early as we can, knowing that the earlier we invest, perhaps the less aggressive we’ll have to be the later we invest, the more that we’re going to have to do to catch up. 

So naturally, then the question is, well, where do I save? Right? And that depends, of course, there’s lots of different options. Everyone’s investing journey is going to look a little bit different. We have to really assess what’s the risk tolerance, what’s the risk capacity, what are the goals, but many pharmacists are going to be focused early on, especially in their career on tax advantage, retirement accounts, tax advantaged savings accounts. So these would be employer sponsored accounts like a 401k or a 403B offered through your employer. Of course, as the name suggests, there’s both Roth and traditional versions of those anytime you hear traditional thing pre tax, anytime you hear Roth and post taxt. There would also be opportunities to save and something like an IRA stands for individual. So these are not through your employer. Again, there’s a Traditional and Roth version of those. Lower contribution limit in 2024 $7,000 versus in the employer sponsored accounts $23,000. And then the other one I typically think of in this bucket would be an HSA or health savings accounts, which again, we’ve talked about on the show at length before we’ll link to those episodes in the show notes as well. So those are the five foundation and steps and I would encourage you with each one of those to learn a little bit more. Right and as I think about and zoom out here for a moment we think about being on this financial journey throughout your career. Right. So important. Remember, here we’re talking about laying the early bricks of the foundation. Again, this is not the finish line where we start to check these boxes off, but rather, it’s that strong foundation upon which we can then build and hopefully build wealth throughout our career and live confidently knowing that we’ve done some of the hard work early on. So just a quick recap, step number one, we talked about completing that vitals, check the self assessment. Step number two, we talked about setting that vision step number three, developing the spending plan. Step number four, automating that plan, right, that was all about the execution. And then step number five is investing early and often. 

So let me wrap up by sharing some advice that I got from the YFP community. I recently reached out to the YFP community to say hey, what are some of the things what are some of the things that you think would be helpful as you reflect back on your journey, going from student to new practitioner student to resident to fellow to a new practitioner that you wish you would have either learned or you wish you would have followed that advice and let me just share you a handful of those response.

One person in the life he can be said it’s worth it to learn how to budget early even on a resident salary you can save. 

Another person said there’s one financial hack I wish someone had whispered in my ear my own graduation, house hacking with a high value short term, or midterm rental model. We’ve talked about house hacking on the show before referring there to essentially living in a unit can be a single unit duplex, triplex quad and then renting out a portion of a single family house or if you have multiple units renting out other units.

Another person in the YFP community said I wish I would have learned about the different student loan payment options and how to lower my taxes as a W2 employee. 

Another person share this advice don’t put off paying your loans if you’re not going down to forgiveness pathway, tackle them head on, and get them done with. Financial life only gets crazier down the road with the addition of a spouse and kids. Looking back, I wish I would have lived as a student resident lifestyle for two years or more and paid extra to knock out those loans early. And then finally, someone else said if you do income based repayment for your student loans, don’t do forbearance during residency, your payments will be low, and you’ll be finished a year earlier.

So just a few pieces of advice from those in the YFP community that I’ve made that transition. I hope you enjoyed this episode. Thank you so much for listening on a regular basis. Again, we have several of these topics we talked about before we’ll link those into the show notes. And I hope you have a great rest of your week. Take care.

[DISCLAIMER]As we conclude this week’s podcast an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. information in the podcast and corresponding material should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. Furthermore, the information contained in our archive newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward looking statements, which are not intended to be guaranteed of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. Thank you again for your support of the orphanage pharmacists podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$800*

Loans*

≥150K = $800

100-149K = $450

<100K = $350

Variable: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

Fixed: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

*All bonus payments are by gift card. See terms

The "Kayak" of student loan refinancing, Credible displays personalized prequalified rates from multiple lenders

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 5.49%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 309: Top 10 Tax Blunders Pharmacists Make


Sean Richards, CPA, EA, outlines the ten most common mistakes he saw pharmacists make throughout the most recent tax season. This episode is sponsored by First Horizon.

About Today’s Guest

Sean Richards, CPA, EA, received his undergraduate degree in Corporate Finance and Accounting, as well as his Master of Accountancy, from Bentley University in Waltham, MA. Sean has been a Certified Public Accountant (CPA) since 2015 and received his Enrolled Agent certification earlier this year. Prior to joining the YFP team, Sean was the Senior Treasury Manager at PRA Group, a global debt buyer based in Norfolk, VA. He began his career at American Tower Corporation where, over 10 years, he held several positions in audit, treasury, and accounting. As the Director of YFP Tax, Sean focuses on broadening the company’s existing tax planning and preparation operations, as well as developing and launching new accounting offerings, including bookkeeping, payroll, and fractional CFO services.

Episode Summary

The tax filing deadline is behind us so time to sit back and relax, right?! As YFP Director of Tax, Sean Richards, CPA, EA, tells us today, it’s important we are keeping tax front of mind year-round to avoid common blunders that show up during tax filing season. During this episode, Sean outlines ten of the most common mistakes he saw pharmacists make throughout the tax season including his thoughts on how year-round planning can help mitigate these mistakes.

Key Points From the Episode

  • Sean gives us his tax-season rundown.
  • The award for the most difficult state for tax returns! 
  • Sean takes us through ten of the most common tax mistakes made by pharmacists. 
  • The cause of the ‘unwelcome surprises’ and how to avoid them.
  • Not taking advantage of tax laws: energy credits.
  • Underestimating the power of the HSA; a grossly underutilized tool of the financial plan.
  • A good reminder about over-contribution.
  • Having someone in your court to help you avoid taking nonqualified IRA distributions.
  • Not saving for taxes when earning additional income.
  • Also for our side hustlers: not expecting the FICA tax on self-employment income.
  • Some of the mishaps and mistakes that have to do with employer-dependent care.
  • Not factoring in PSLF when choosing a filing status.
  • Reporting implications: overlooking considerations with cryptocurrency.
  • A bonus mishap: education around extensions.
  • How year-round strategy planning can help pharmacists optimize their tax situation.

Episode Highlights

“I know, taxes aren’t something that people love to think about and want to be excited about but it’s one of those things where if you sweep it under the rug, it’s not going anywhere, it’s only going to grow under there.” — Sean Richards [0:6:55]

“If you’re making money that’s outside of a W2, whether it’s investment income, capital gains, whether it’s a side hustle, really anything where you’re not seeing that federal income tax withheld line, you better be putting taxes aside or being ready to pay that at the end of the year.” — Sean Richards [0:21:45]

“Crypto is treated like an investment as far as the IRS is concerned. It’s like a stock.” — Sean Richards [0:31:39]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRODUCTION]

[0:00:00.4] TU: Hey everybody, Tim Ulbrick here, and thank you for listening to The YFP Podcast, where each week, we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom.

On today’s episode, I welcome the director of tax, Sean Richards, back onto the show. Now that he has had a chance to take a breath from the last few months, working toward the tax filing deadline, I pick Sean’s brain about some of the most common blunders that he saw pharmacists make throughout the season and how year-round planning can help individuals not only avoid these mistakes but also optimize their tax situation.

If you’re looking to learn more about how YFP’s comprehensive tax planning service can help you and your tax situation, go to yfptax.com. Again, that’s yfptax.com Okay, let’s hear it from today’s sponsor, and then we’ll jump into the show.

[SPONSOR MESSAGE]

[0:00:48.3] TU: Does saving 20% for a downpayment on a home feel like an uphill battle? It’s no secret that pharmacists have a lot of competing financial priorities, including high student loan debt, meaning that saving 20% for a downpayment on a home may take years. We’ve been on a hunt for a solution for pharmacists that are ready to purchase a home loan with a lower downpayment and are happy to have found that option with First Horizon.

First Horizon offers a professional home loan option, AKA, a doctor or pharmacist home loan that requires a 3% downpayment for a single-family home or townhome for first-time home buyers, has no PMI, and offers a 30-year fixed-rate mortgage on home loans up to USD 726,200. The pharmacist home loan is available in all states except Alaska and Hawaii and can be used to purchase condos as well. However, rates may be higher and a condo review has to be completed. 

To check out the requirements for First Horizon’s pharmacist home loan, and to start the pre-approval process, visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan.

[INTERVIEW]

[0:02:00.2] TU: Sean, welcome back to the show.

[0:02:01.8] SR: Thanks for having me. Yeah, it feels like it’s been a while but I think that’s just because tax season tends to you know, slow time down for some of us over here.

[0:02:09.7] TU: You look much more rested than I saw you just a few weeks ago. So here we are on the other side of the tax filing deadline. We’re going to talk all in this episode about some of what you saw this season with the hopes that pharmacists can prevent some of those mishaps as they work throughout the year on their taxes but looks like you’ve been – haven’t had a chance to maybe recharge and refresh on sleep. So how are you feeling post-tax of mine?

[0:02:34.3] SR: Yeah, I’m feeling great. I’ve been catching up on some of the things that have been put on side burners so to speak but definitely getting a little bit of sleep, catching up with the family and stuff. It feels good. I’m well rested, there are still some things to tie up from last year but ready to move forward and look ahead to next year and like you said, try to hopefully get some of these ideas in people’s minds so they can plan now and not have any of this kind of hiccups or roadblocks come up next year.

[0:02:59.5] TU: So give us the rundown. I know there’s still work to be done with some of the individual and business extensions and some of the more complicated returns but how many returns did you and the team do thus far?

[0:03:09.2] SR: We did over 200 federal returns and a similar number on the state side. So I mean, if you think some folks have multiple states, some people are in states that don’t have taxes so you know, you kind of, they work themselves out there but yeah, over 200 federal returns. We did a fair number of extensions, there are some business returns mixed in there, so it’s kind of all over the place but that’s the rough number between the few of us here.

So definitely, it feels like quite an accomplishment here but yup, I mean, definitely have some of those more complex returns that we want to give a little bit more TLC to, those are still hanging out there. So now that we’re past the big push, we can really focus and try to maximize savings for those folks. So excited.

[0:03:48.1] TU: Which state, Sean? Which state wins the award for the most difficult state when it comes to returns?

[0:03:53.3] SR: Boy, I don’t know if I’m going to be getting a misery love company or if I’m going to be jading people because I feel like a lot of our listeners kind of land in this territory where our headquarters are but I had to say, Ohio, probably gets the cake, Pennsylvania right up there, close second but yeah, those two are probably the worst I’d have to say. 

So again, hopefully, people aren’t sitting there saying, “I love those states” and if that’s the case, you know, all the power to you but not for me.

[0:04:20.8] TU: Yeah and one of the opportunities, challenges, depending on how you want to look with it, you know, we’ve got tax clients, financial planning clients all across the country, which is a unique opportunity and challenge when you think about all of the nuances that happen, especially in the tax side, right? On a state basis or even here in Ohio, we have the RITA, Regional Income Tax Authority, did I get that right Sean?

[0:04:43.1] SR: Yup, you got it right.

[0:04:43.9] TU: Which provides another wrinkle. So it’s fun to hear you and the team complain about Ohio and PA and you know, some of the other states perhaps are a little bit easier. So let’s jump into the most common mistakes Sean, that you and the tax team so far is just making and we’ve compiled these on our website, yfptax.com. If you want to download these and read a little bit more information on each one, please do that.

So we’re going to go through this one by one and again, the hope of this is that we really want to shift the perspective around taxes that the only time we think about taxes are April, when we’re filing, right? This really needs to be proactive year-round planning. We’ll talk more about that at the end of the show and that’s why we thought, “Hey, here we are in the month of May, tax season is over but this is not a, ‘Put it up on the shelf, worry about it ‘till next year.’”

This is the prime opportunity to really be learning from the season that just was and looking at the opportunities ahead of how can we best optimize the situation before we get back into the filing next year. Again, If you want to download a copy of the guide where we talk about some of these mistakes, you can go to yfptax.com and do that. So number one on our list Sean, perhaps the most common, I would presume, you can tell me if otherwise is folks that got a surprise bill or a surprise refund when they got to filing. 

So my question here is, tell us more but what is the usual cause of these unwelcomed surprises?

[0:06:14.7] SR: Yeah, I would say that’s the most common and it’s probably purely because if you take a lot of these other things that we’ll talk about, they all sort of work their way into that at the end of the day. You know, if you’re making a mistake, somewhere along the way, you’re probably going to end up with either a large bill or a large refund, so it kind of encapsulates everything.

Yeah, and just to kind of go back to your point before, this really is the best time to be looking at these things. I mean, any time of the year is good but when you’re coming off tax season, you might be disappointed or looking at things saying, “Oh, that didn’t go the way I hoped it would, I had a bill or I had the refund.” You don’t want to just kind of say, “Oh, finally, I’m done with it, we’re passed the 18th, I’m filed” and sort of shake your hands off and say because what’s going to happen is you’ll be in the same spot next year. 

I mean, I know, taxes aren’t something that people love to think about and want to be excited about but it’s one of those things where if you sweep it under the rug, it’s not going anywhere, it’s only going to grow under there. So yeah, the surprise bills and refunds, I mean, that can really be a litany of different things that can cause it. The biggest thing I would say probably by far is really just simply not withholding correctly at your job.

And this one frustrates a lot of folks and I don’t blame people because you know, people will say, “Hey, I’ve been at the same company for a while now” or “You know, my situation’s not that complex, how can they not be withholding properly?” and I have to say as a tax accountant, I don’t love the new W4 that the IRS rolled out a few years ago. If anyone working for the IRS is listening to this and they want to give me their opinion on it, feel free, my line is open because you know, I’m a tax accountant.

[0:07:43.0] TU: I don’t think we have many pharmacists that are IRS agents.

[0:07:44.7] SR: Oh hey, you never know, there’s a little bit of overlap here. You don’t have to be a pharmacist to listen to the pod but no, I mean, with that one, I just, I really wish there was a way as an accountant to be able to say “Hey, withhold 18% from this client, please. Just withhold 20% from this client” but it’s not that simple. I know what they’re trying to do, they want to make it more user-friendly where folks kind of can’t mess that stuff up, or if they don’t know how to come up with that number, it’s supposed to kind of guide you through it. 

So I think the biggest thing there is that the W4 is sort of designed to try to pick up everything else that’s going on in your financial life aside from just that one job that you’re working and typically, what will happen is folks will get married and they won’t update their filing status or they’ll get married or maybe not even get married but say, they already were married, their spouse gets another job. 

They have a side gig and these are all things that you know if your company – your system doesn’t really know that that’s happening, right? So if you’re making money off to the side, doing another job, you work multiple jobs, your spouse works multiple jobs, you know all those things factor into what your tax bill is going to be at the end of the day and if your company doesn’t know what’s going on then it can’t withhold properly and I say, your company, the payroll company was kind of doing all that stuff behind the scenes.

So that one is tough because there’s not a perfect answer. Really, the best way to do it is to take a look in the middle of the year and say, “Okay, where am I at, where was I at last year?” You know obviously if you had any kind of issues last year, you can submit a new W4 and how to change that but doing a projection midyear, take a look at what you’ve already withheld, what you withheld last year, and try to tweak that now, that’s definitely the best time to do it.

[0:09:19.1] TU: Yeah, and we’re going to come back to that topic Sean, of a mid-year projection, why it’s so important on the tax side as we get into the summer months. So stay tuned for more. Again, we’re going to be talking tax all throughout the year as we think it’s certainly an important part of the financial plan. So that’s number one, would be a surprise bill of refund at filing. 

Number two Sean, not taking advantage of tax laws. This makes me think of some of the recent changes that you’ve talked about before on the show surrounding the inflation reduction act, and the electric vehicle credits. I know this seemed to cause a fair amount of confusion and concern this year during tax season, and maybe some surprises as well. So what are you referring to here as it relates to not taking advantage of the tax laws?

[0:10:00.8] SR: Yeah, and with that in particular, I mean, we keep kind of harping on the energy credits but that’s where the tax law tends to be going now. I mean, all these things that are coming out, there are changes sort of across the board but the biggest piece and where the biggest dollar savings are tend to be these renewable energy credits, improvements to your home that are energy efficient, things like that.

And yeah, at the end of last year, the inflation reduction act went in and there was a lot of confusion as to which credits change when those credits change. So some of the electric vehicle stuff happened at the day that the law actually went into effect, whereas some of the other energy credits like home improvements like I mentioned, windows and things like that, didn’t really increase until this year, 2023 going forward. 

So there were folks who spent money last year and were expecting a larger credit for their taxes in 2022 and didn’t see that. So it’s really just, you know, it’s difficult to stay on top of the tax law, especially if you’re not a tax accountant or aren’t familiar with those types of things and especially if you want to stay out of politics too but it’s really challenging because it’s one of those things where if you’re not spending the money in the right timeframe, it’s not something you can go back and change after the fact. 

You know, if you put windows on your house now that’s a 2023 event. When we’re doing your taxes in 2024, we can’t say “Hey, I wish you had not done your windows because they’re already done.” So it’s something where it’s really important to make sure that if you’re spending money, thinking that you’re going to get a credit or you’re hoping you’re going to get a credit, really understanding when those things go into effect, what the dollar value is, and what the limits are. 

That’s another thing that some of these things, they’re increasing their limits but they do still exist. So you know, if you spend, USD 50,000 on an improvement, you’re not necessarily going to get a USD 50,000 credit.

[0:11:42.6] TU: Yeah, and we’ve got some info on this, yfptax.com, we’re going to be updating this throughout the year as well so make sure to check out the information there and Sean, this is just another testament to why the year-round planning is so important, right?

If we’re looking at this in the tax year, so here we are, now in 2023, obviously, next spring, spring 2024, we’ll be filing for 2023. At that point, right? Decisions have been made in terms of what happened during that year.

So are there adjustments that we can be making mid-year or are there tax laws and situations like this that we can make sure we’re up to speed or at least have the right understanding before we make some of these bigger purchases that may or may not have the impact that we’re hoping they’re going to have.

So that’s number two, not taking advantage of the tax laws. Number three, Sean. I have to say this one pained me a little bit because we’ve talked so much about this on the show.

[0:12:34.4] SR: So much.

[0:12:35.1] TU: Which is, underestimating the power of the HSA, the health savings account. You know, we’ve continued to emphasize how this – only has tax advantages but we still see this as an utter underutilized tool in terms of the financial plan. So tell us more about what you’re seeing here.

[0:12:51.8] SR: Yeah, I think with the HSA, it’s one of those things where people think, “Oh, I need to have a lot of medical expenses to take advantage of it. If I’m putting money there and I don’t use it, I’m not going to get the full advantage of it” but really, you need to not have that mindset and really think of it as a secondary retirement vehicle basically where if you do have expenses that you need to take advantage of it, it exists for you. 

But if you think of it almost as a second IRA or something like that, then it kind of shifts that mindset of, “Oh, I need to have these health expenses” but yeah, HSAs, I know, ad nauseum we talk about it but they have the triple tax benefit. You get the deduction for your contributions, you get tax-free growth and you get to take it out tax-free. So you rarely see that triple tax benefit. This is one of those ones where there is a little bit more flexibility. 

I just mentioned some of those credits and having to get the dollar spent during the year. You have a little bit of flexibility with the HSA where you usually have up until the filing deadline to actually make contributions or on the flip side and we saw a lot of this is people who work multiple jobs or got married in kind of weren’t talking to their spouse and over-contributed. So you want to make sure if you did that, you pull that money out so you avoid any penalties there.

And again, you have a little bit of flexibility after year-end to make those changes but to any extent you can avoid that, obviously, it makes sense but yeah, the limits are going up next year. I think 77.50 for a family plan, you have to be on a high deductible plan but if you are and you’re not taking advantage, you’re really just losing out on that benefit honestly.

[0:14:15.5] TU: Sean, I’m glad you mentioned the over-contribution mishap that might happen here and I think it’s a good reminder. Tim Baker was my ear, you know, anytime we talk about backdoor or Roth IRAs, he’s always beaten the drama of you know, really there’s a lot of nuances to consider and we see on the planning side, our planning team works with a lot of folks that you know, are trying to unwind some of the mistakes related to the backdoor Roth IRA contributions.

And I think it’s a good reminder that as there’s more and more information out there, right? We talk about HSAs, it’s readily available, something you can learn about that yeah, we still have to cross out Ts and dot our Is and I think having someone in your corner, right? Financial planners, tax professionals, perhaps both that can help make sure we’re executing this properly, really, really important. 

Number four on the list, Sean, taking nonqualified IRA distributions. We are talking before the show, perhaps maybe even a little bit broader than IRAs, tell us more about this one.

[0:15:09.0] SR: Yeah, IRAs are really just kind of retirement plans in general. I know we just mentioned HSA as they’re a sort of a secondary retirement vehicle but just not taking advantage or properly utilizing IRAs. So we’ll start with the IRA piece, there are a couple of different things there. You can get a deduction for traditional IRA contributions.

Folks typically phase out of that pretty quickly and then the next kind of phase-out level will be your Roth contributions and kind of what you were just alluding to is that folks also kind of pretty quickly phase out of that as well and that’s one of those things where you don’t want to end up at the end of the year saying, “Ah, you made too much money but you already contributed this to your Roth.” 

So now you’re going to go back and pull it out and then try to do the backdoor that Tim was talking about. So yeah, to any extent, again, you can have somebody in your corner where you can say, “Hey, this is what I’ve done so far this year, does this make sense? Am I going to over contribute, am I going to be in a good spot? Do I have room to contribute more?” Definitely make sense to do and again, you know the IRA limits are going up next year.

Again, the contribution limit. So taking advantage of that makes a lot of sense and the other piece that you didn’t really mention there but we kind of alluded to is just retirements in general. I mean, 401(k)s at people’s businesses, not taking advantage of those. You know, having extra cash on hand and not maxing out your 401(k) whether it’s a Roth to get the benefits in the future or a traditional to get that tax benefit now. 

I mean, either way, we saw a lot of situations where folks had a lot of cushion there and could have contributed more and that’s one where that at 1231, you can’t go back. So can’t turn back time, got to get those in before the year and again, having someone in your court to say, “Hey, you know, you’ve only contributed up to 30% of your 401(k) and we’re already in October, you might want to do some catch ups” is really important.

[0:16:47.8] TU: Sean, did you get a feel, I’m just curious, from folks that, if I heard you correctly, it looked like they’re wise margin there. They could have made those contributions or as cash on hand but didn’t. You know is that just a, “Hey, we overlooked it” or do you have a sense of you know, some of the volatility in the market, inflation, what’s going on in the broader economy, that there’s some hesitancy in the contributions into the retirement vehicles and people wanting to hold on to more of that cash.

[0:17:11.2] SR: It could be a lot of different things. I mean, it could also just be an education thing. I mean, I know, even when I first started out at a corporate job coming out of the school, you get all these different paperwork and everything and they say, “Here’s your 401(k), here’s this, here’s that” and you’re just saying, “Okay, I want to get the company match. Great, I’ll put this amount down and everything” and you don’t really realize that you have a limit that you can hit yourself and kind of capitalize on. 

So I think it’s really just a matter of maybe not looking at cash flow, like you were saying, potentially not taking a look at that in the middle of the year. I don’t think there’s a whole lot of hesitancy with the market or anything like that. I think it’s more just a matter of, you kind of set it and forget it and you know, you come to the end of the year and somebody says to you, “Hey, did you know that you could have knocked USD 5,000 off of your taxable income if you’d contributed more to your 401(k)?” and a lot of people just say, “I didn’t know that” so.

[0:17:59.3] TU: Yeah, yup. Seeing the numbers, right? I think in help and hindsight and you know, once you see the impact on the tax situation like, “All right, got it, point made, I’ll make that a correction for next year.” Number five, Sean, I think is one we have not yet talked enough about on this show, which is not employing a bunching strategy for charitable giving.

So here without talking obviously about donations and really looking at how to potentially alternate as you look at the standard deduction and then bunching these and those off year. So tell us more about this one.

[0:18:30.5] SR: Yup. So this one is more of a unique scenario. It’s one that we always take a look at but not everybody’s going to fall into this bucket but if you do, it’s something that if you’re able to take advantage of, it can be very, very powerful. So the idea of bunching is really trying to pull itemized deductions as much as you can into one year and then in the next year, not having as many and taking the standard deduction because it just getting higher and higher nowadays. 

I mean, just the number of folks that we see taking the standard deduction, even though they have things like mortgage interest and taxes that they’re paying for still taking advantage of the standard deduction because it’s so much higher. 

So yeah, if you’re looking at it and you say, “Hey, you know, I was USD 500 away from the standard reduction” or “I itemized USD 500 more than the standard deduction this year” and you had quite a bit of charitable contributions, if you’re able, again, sort of pull those in and say, “Hey, if I’m going to do a thousand dollars over the next two years, I’m going to do a thousand dollars this year and maybe not anything next year” and you can do it on 1231 so you kind of the same feel for giving to them that the charity.

But, if you’re able to do that and take advantage of it, it can be really powerful, and that way you’re not losing out. That was one thing we got a lot of is, “Hey, I have a house and I paid this mortgage interest but I am taking the standard deduction. So am I losing that benefit?” and it’s not the best way to look at it but you’re not really getting the full benefit if you’re doing it that way.

[0:19:50.1] TU: Yeah, as you mentioned, this really applies, not to say that everyone, depending on the amounts of folks are giving but especially for those individuals that are giving additional dollars to various organizations, churches, nonprofits, communities, et cetera, there could be some real benefits to the bunching strategy and I’m you know, one who is victim to this in terms of just behavior, right? 

Where you might have contributions on an automatic monthly payment or you’re planning for it throughout the year and you just don’t take the time to take a step back and say, “Okay, from a strategy standpoint, I’m going to do the standard deduction this year and then we’re going to do the bunching strategy next year.” So again, just some proactive planning to make this happen.

[0:20:31.6] SR: And it doesn’t always work for everybody because I mean, I talk to people who said, “Hey, that doesn’t match my giving strategy” and that’s perfectly fine.

[0:20:37.8] TU: Sure, yup.

[0:20:38.3] SR: It’s really just if you wanted to help out your financial strategy, there are options out there. I’m not saying you should change the way you give to your charities. It just exists, right?

[0:20:48.6] TU: Number six and number seven are specifically for folks out there that are earning some additional income, side hustling, business income. So number six, Sean, not saving for taxes when earning additional income.

It sounds obvious but we see more and more pharmacists that are dabbling in various side hustles, consulting businesses, so I think this is becoming a more prevalent mistake, probably one that maybe you make once and then you don’t make again but talk to us about what you’re saying here.

[0:21:16.4] SR: Yeah. So I mean, it does sound simple on the surface but again, if you’re not used to it or it’s not something that you’ve kind of done before, it’s not second nature, I guess. So right, if you, you know, you work a W2 job, that federal income tax is being taken out, hopefully correctly, although as I mentioned in the first thing here, sometimes it’s not correct but you know, hopefully, your income tax is being taken out at the end of the year.

You sort of do a true-up and maybe owe a little bit, maybe you get a little bit back but that’s that. If you’re making money that’s outside of a W2, whether it’s investment income, capital gains, whether it’s a side hustle, or really anything where you’re not seeing that federal income tax withheld line, you better be putting taxes aside or being ready to pay that at the end of the year and like you said, typically, that’s one where if you make the mistake, you don’t do it again in the future. 

But you know, I think some people are just really excited about making money and they want to pour the money back into their business, which is perfectly fine. You know, we want to encourage people to build their businesses and invest back in but just make sure you’re setting aside enough at the end of the year to kind of make sure you have at least a little bit of a cushion there and having somebody to do that calculation for you. 

Because you know, just because you’re going to – you think you’re going to net this much at the end of the year, doesn’t mean that that’s what your tax bill will be. I mean, there’s lots of ins and outs there, different things you can do. So having somebody to be able to take a look and say, “Hey, you know, as of right now, you’ve made 50k of non-withheld income so you’re going to want to put 20% of that aside, 25% of that aside, just be ready for it.”

[0:22:45.8] TU: Yeah, and I think there’s here, a couple of pieces you’re highlighting, right? Which are the mechanics of where do I save it, how much should I be saving based on how much I’m earning, and then at what point do I need to be making quarterly estimated payments and I do this, right? 

I reached out to you and say, “Hey Sean, we’re coming up on the Q1 estimated payment.” Like based on what we’re seeing in terms of the financial statements like, what’s the plan, and then we’re saving in a tax account along the way to be ready for those payments. So good thing, right? If you’re paying tax, you’re growing the business. 

[0:23:15.0] SR: Exactly and I will admit the IRS estimated payment process, it doesn’t really even feel that natural. I mean, you are kind of doing the math yourself, going onto the website and just saying, “All right, here it is” and they just take it and then at the end of the year, it does. It comes into your play, it’s one of the lines where you basically say, “Okay, what did you withhold? What did you pay in? What did you owe?” and we do the math on it. 

But it just feels like you’re sort of sending money out into the abyss when you make the payments. So I kind of understand that folks are a little apprehensive and would rather hold off but again, I mean, I’m conservative. I’m a tax accountant but at the end of the day, I’d rather get a little bit more money back than owe a lot of money. 

[0:23:55.0] TU: Yeah and Sean, a separate conversation for a separate day. This is a little bit more to the business strategy but one of the things that I like about withholding at least a quarter of it but at least on your own side even on a monthly basis is it forces you to look at the financials of the business a little bit more closely, right? 

So I think there can be a tendency if I am not paying tax and then I get either caught off by a surprise bill or I just wait until the end of the year and pay it, you know, you may fall into the trap of assuming your business is more profitable than it actually is and so really looking at what is the service, what’s the product you’re offering and what’s the true financials if you’re considering the tax. 

[0:24:31.1] SR: Not to go too far off but another big thing is that a lot of people kind of just assume that cash and profit are the same thing. 

[0:24:36.4] TU: Exactly. 

[0:24:37.1] SR: That’s not always the situation, right? So you could have a big profit at the end of the day but if you are pouring that cash back in, you might not have any cash on hand. So they don’t always go one for one and if you get away from that it can really end up causing some problems for sure. 

[0:24:51.7] TU: Preach it, Sean. We need to come back and do an episode on that, the difference between cash on hand and profit of a business, so that’s a good one. 

[0:24:58.3] SR: Yeah, that one, I’ll make a note because that could be like a double episode but yep, I’ll put that one on the back burner for sure. 

[0:25:04.7] TU: So that’s number six, not saving for taxes when you’re earning additional income. Number seven, also for our side hustlers and those that are running a business, not expecting the FICA tax on self-employment income. Tell us more about the FICA tax here. 

[0:25:17.7] SR: Yep, so that’s kind of similar varied, similar vein as to what we were just talking about really just having to kind of put that money aside but again, something that’s not second nature. It’s not something that you’d really be typically thinking about until you get into this and potentially make a mistake, hopefully not but right. When you have these W2 jobs and the money is being taken out, you’re withholding for yourself and you’re paying social security and Medicare, which we call FICA for yourself. 

Your employer is paying half of that for you whether you realize it or not and when you are self-employed, so you have a partnership or your own kind of business and you are getting that money in, you have to pay that portion of FICA yourself. Now, the benefit is that you get that employer portion that the employer typically would be paying for you on a W2. You do get that as a deduction, so it helps a little bit but yeah. 

I mean, that what was it? 15.7% or whatever for FICA is coming out of your bill at the end of the day. So on top of the regular income tax you have to set aside, you should really be saving for that as well. That’s where you’ve heard me say before, you know, 20, 25%, maybe up to 30% depending on what your bracket is, you start to add that FICA in on top of it and you could be looking at quite a bit to be setting aside. 

[0:26:27.6] TU: Yeah Sean, this was one I would add to this as well. You know, the surprise of the cost of health insurance. This is one as well, you put those together and you go from a W2 job to running your own business is like, “Oh, okay.” So again, right? You’re looking at the financials in a very different way. 

[0:26:44.5] SR: Yep, exactly. Things to keep in mind. 

[0:26:46.8] TU: Number eight, Sean, has to do with some of the mishaps and mistakes with employer-dependent care. Tell us more about this one. 

[0:26:53.3] SR: Yeah. So there is a lot of different things with dependent care benefits that you can add to dependent care FSA. So it’s a little bit different than the HSA but with that, that one really is a little bit more of the, you know, I was saying with the mindset within HSA, “Oh, if I don’t have medical expenses and I don’t use it, you know it’s not going to be worth it for me.” It turns into an investment vehicle if you don’t use it. 

Dependent care FSAs, flexible spending accounts, if you have cash in that, that is more of an “if you don’t use it, you lose it” kind of thing. So that is something where if you’re pushing cash aside, they are pre-taxed dollars. You want to make sure you are using that for dependent care expenses during the year and the other thing is that if you are getting benefits from your company, you want to make sure that you are also putting that and actually spending that on dependent care. 

When I say that, I mean a nanny or a daycare or even if it’s a family friend but somebody that you’re putting their social security down and saying, “Hey, I paid this person this much money to watch my children” otherwise, that can become a taxable event. So you want to make sure that if you have kids, you’re getting these benefits, that you are utilizing the cash during the year and not kind of ending up with excess in those accounts at the end of the year exactly. 

[0:27:58.9] TU: Number nine Sean, an oldie but a goodie, one that I think has lots of attention given the three-year loan pause and that is, not factoring in PSLF when choosing a filing status. Tell us more about this one. 

[0:28:11.3] SR: Yeah and this one, I mean, you just eluded to it. It’s been very, very challenging, especially with the client base that we work with having that ambiguity on what’s going on with the loan system and trying to give guidance on this front because it’s really tough when you’re saying, “Hey, we’re not exactly sure if they’re going to turn back on and how all that looks and when we’re going to have to recertify all these things.” 

But yeah, what we’re talking about here is that typically when folks get married, if filing joint tends to be the best approach there and we always do a comparison at least on our side to say, “Okay, you know all else equal from an objective tax standpoint, filing jointly will save you X number of dollars versus filing separately” but when you are talking about PSLF and you get into these income-based repayment plans and are looking at AGI, that can really swing very, very rapidly between what your AGI is as merely filing separate individual versus your combined AGI with your spouse when you’re filing joint. 

So this is one where it’s a classic like you just mentioned Tim Baker, the old “it depends” really depends on your individual circumstances here. You’re going to want to look and say, “Hey, what do I have on my side? What does my spouse have on their side? If you separate us, what does that look like? What is my income base repayment plan? What numbers are they looking at?” and really like we just said, “When do I have to recertify these things?”

“When am I going to have these payments?” because it’s a matter of you could save $200 by filing jointly this year but if you are saving $50 a month on your payment by filing separately, that adds up very quickly. So it’s something where there’s a lot of moving pieces but it is something where if you are not looking at those pieces, you can very, very quickly end up spending a lot more money than you think. 

[0:29:49.3] TU: Yeah and it is so important. You know, we’re talking about PSLF here but the intersection of student loans and the tax strategy is one of many examples where the financial plan and the tax plan need to be jiving, and this example specifically brings us back to the origins of FYP Tax, right? I remember Tim Baker talking about, “Hey, we would develop these beautiful student loan repayment strategies and plans.”

Then they’d be, “Hey, go talk to your accountant” and not all accountants are well-versed in student loans, which is fair, right? Based on how nuanced they are and right now, how rapidly this information is changing. So shoutout to you Sean, the YFP Tax team, you know working with a tax prepare, working with an accountant that understands student loans. Again, this is just one example but really, the intersection of the financial plan and the tax plan is so important that those are jiving in the same direction. 

[0:30:39.8] SR: Yeah and like you said, I mean, not all accountants know about it and I know enough to be dangerous with it but you have to have financial planners that know about that too. I mean, that is something where I could be working with you and say, “Hey, I think from a tax standpoint it looks like this” and you could go bring that to your planner, and if they’re not really thinking about these implications, they can really get away from you quickly, you’re right. 

[0:30:58.3] TU: Number 10 on our list of ten common mistakes, mishaps that pharmacists were making during the most recent tax season is overlooking considerations with cryptocurrency. I mean, what would be a tax episode if we didn’t talk about crypto in digital assets, so what do we see here? 

[0:31:12.4] SR: Well, this one probably is a little bit different than we’ve seen in the past with crypto. It wasn’t so much that we are seeing people with these big gains that they were necessarily expecting. In fact, if anything it might have been the opposite given what kind of happened with the market and everything last year but in that and what I would say with that is you know, if you kind of take the gain-loss implications aside, the biggest thing I would say here is just the reporting aspect of it.

So cryptocurrency again and I feel like I harp on this all the time is crypto is treated like an investment as far as the IRS is concerned. It’s like a stock, so if you go and you’re doing all these microtransactions all the time and you’re using your crypto wallet to buy coffee down the street, that is effectively saying, “Okay, I’m going to sell X number of shares at this price on this day” whatever I bought it for back in the day that same security. 

You need to look at what your basis was and do the math, so if you are doing hundreds and thousands of these transactions every year, the reporting implications are significant and that’s not something where you can say and I am not just saying this because I’m an accountant, I’m biased where you can’t just say to your accountant, “Hey, here is my list of a thousand transactions, you know, figure it out for me.” 

You need to make sure that whatever system you’re using can spit that out in a digestible manner whether it is actually getting a form from the IRS or kind of getting a summary and one thing that we have seen is in a lot of these companies and I don’t blame them necessarily but a lot of them will kind of rope you in and say, “Hey, you know it is going to cost you five dollars a month for the basic crypto wallet” and everything like that. 

Then you get to the end of the year and all the tax forms that you need will be kind of an extra charge and you are not thinking about it and folks will say, “Well, I have an accountant, they can kind of do that for me” but I mean, again, and I am not just saying that because I don’t want to do it. It really is a matter of an accountant simply can’t take thousands of transactions and stick them onto a form. 

It is not a practical thing that can happen. So you want to make sure that whatever you’re doing and again, if you want to do all those transactions, hey, power to you but keep in mind it’s like you’re selling shares. You need to make sure you are getting something out of your system that an accountant can then use and file your taxes with because it’s not like spending money. It’s like selling stocks. 

[0:33:19.6] TU: Yeah, I am hopeful Sean, this is another one you know, where you can make this mistake once and you maybe approach it differently in the future, right? I think this is an education where your explanation is spot on. If we look at this in the eyes of the IRS, which is that we’re making a transaction in terms of like we were selling stock and especially if we’re using it to purchase things on a daily basis, right? 

A store, a cup of coffee, groceries, whatever like we don’t think about our stocks like that typically and so I think that — not to say people may not transact crypto for purchases just like you would dollars out of a brokerage account but maybe not on the frequency that it’s happening if you are able to think of it in that way and understand the reporting and the tax implications there, so great explanation. 

[0:34:04.6] SR: Exactly. I think like I said, that the basis is really the biggest thing and I, you know, people, if you talk to me you’ll hear me say it all the time and you’re probably sick of it but it is really being able to trace back and say again, like it’s like a stock, right? So if I sell XYZ NFT today, I need to make sure I know what I purchase XYZ NFT for in the future, and when you are doing all these things and you’re day trading so to speak, and saying, “All right, I am going to flip this one here and I’m going to go buy crypto with this one” and kind of moving, each one of those things has to be kind of traced back to the origin. 

If you don’t have that information, you could end up paying more, honestly. You know, if you don’t have the basis information and you are just going to end up sell, reporting it on your sale price and not have the basis in there, you can end up either paying more or again, reporting incorrectly. Both of those are not what we’re hoping for in our side at least. 

[0:34:55.9] TU: So if anyone heard Sean correctly as I heard him, all of your handwritten crypto transactions, your reports, your chicken scratch, you can email those to [email protected]. He will gladly – just kidding. 

[0:35:07.8] SR: Yep, I will go through all of it in all of my free time now. Absolutely, I will break it all down for you, please. 

[0:35:14.0] TU: Awesome. So that’s our ten common mistakes that you saw pharmacists making throughout the tax season. Can I add one more? We’re going to do a bonus round here for a moment and – 

[0:35:22.5] SR: Yeah, go for it. 

[0:35:23.2] TU: I think we need to do some education around extensions, right? I think this is an area where I know firsthand the first time I extended several years ago and I have gotten used to that practice now. It can feel uncomfortable, am I doing something wrong, does that mean I’m delinquent? But as you eluded to at the beginning of the show, there are some extensions that are happening with the more complex returns. 

We want to make sure that we have the time that we need. The misperception I think, I could be wrong, that’s out there is extension means bad or extension means delinquent but that’s not the case, right? So tell us more about the use of extensions and why they may be appropriate. 

[0:36:01.9] SR: Yeah, glad you’re giving me the bonus round. I would have had this as 1-A on my list if I would have thought that you would have actually allowed me to record this podcast if I did that. I thought that I came over the top of that one, we might be deferring this recording out to a future date but no, extensions, yeah. So it is actually kind of twofold. I would say that from who I’ve talked to and this could be clients. 

I mean, even family members that I was talking to during the tax season, checking up on how things are kind of going, I would say with the negative connotation, it’s one of two camps. It’s either, “Hey, the extension means bad and delinquent” or extension means, “Hey, I’m this crazy tax guy who has offshore accounts and you know, I make five million dollars and I need to have my accountant spend the extra time to do all of this stuff.” 

Those are really the two mindsets that I got a lot of. I mean, like I said, I talk to people that I know, I’ve known for a long period of time who I consider to be financially sound individuals and they said, “Oh extensions, those must be for your big ticket clients, right?” and the answer is not really. I mean, extensions simply give us, your accountant, and you more time to get your things together to allow us to dedicate the time to find you tax savings, get your things right, and not rush them. 

I mean, I know Paul, my team who I’m sure you’ve heard talk on this pod before but he’ll always say, I mean, if you have a surgeon who needs to do a thousand surgeries in a year, would you rather him do them all in three months or her do them all in three months or have them do it throughout the course of the year, you know, with X number during each month. So you got me all fired up because you know, extensions are near and dear to me. 

But I mean, really what it comes down to is we’re trying to do a lot of different returns and a lot of people have very complex situations but we want to make sure we get it right. We talked about states and local, moving states, and making sure states don’t talk nice to each other even ones that border each other are not – don’t always agree with how things are picked up and everything, and just getting all that information together, making sure we can parse through it, maximize your tax savings and everything, extensions just give you the time to do it. 

Now, the one thing I will say is it does not extend your due date to pay. That’s the biggest thing. So what you want to do is get an estimate, and make your payment if you think you are going to owe or in April or even beforehand but after that’s done, it really is a one-click kind of thing. It’s an automatic extension, once you do it, it’s six months. You get until October and that’s that. It really is not for delinquents. 

It is not for folks who didn’t get their stuff in on time or like I said, are using offshore accounts to do X, Y, and Z. It’s just simply to give your accountant more time to get it right. 

[0:38:41.5] TU: Well, thanks for allowing me to throw some kindling on the fire, so I appreciate that. 

[0:38:45.3] SR: Thank you, I appreciate that. 

[0:38:45.8] TU: You know, I think it is a good reminder not only in the perception of it but also you know, some folks may hear this and say, “Well, you know there is an opportunity cost that if I am getting a refund” and we don’t file that for three months, four months, five months later, whatever that those dollars could have been used elsewhere. True but my counterpoint to that would have been, one, if we are planning correctly throughout the year, we shouldn’t be expecting a massive refund. 

Second to that would be is that most often, extension doesn’t mean we’re buttoned up against the October deadline. It means that maybe instead of April 18th, it’s May 1st or 15th or even the end of April or into later in May or early June, whatever. So you know, it allows kind of that stretching out of the season to make sure that we’re doing the job that needs to be done, be done well, we are optimizing the situation. 

I think that certainly for folks that have more complicated returns, I think what we’re seeing in the industry in my perception even with an accountant we used to work with before building our own practice internally was, “Hey, you’re a small business owner. Hey, you own a bunch of real estate” hey, whatever like you’re automatically extended. You know, that’s just kind of the process of what they do to make sure that they have the time to do those returns well. 

[0:39:55.5] SR: Right and like you said, the idea of year-round tax planning is you’re working with your accountant throughout the course of the year. You are getting the information, you have rentals, you’re getting them, “Hey, I sold this place in November” and you are giving them the information in November so your accountant can already have that stuff ready to go and it’s not a situation of you’re in March and you say, “Hey, I forgot” or “FYI, sold my house back in January of last year. Here’s the 5,000 documents for it. Can we get this filed next week?” 

The answer is, I mean, we probably can but you know if we are thinking about these things ahead of time, we can spend the time that we think it deserves to get everything right, and if you are doing that planning throughout the course of the year, you can get 90, 95% of a tax return effectively done through the conversations that you’re having with your account throughout the year. So yep, absolutely. 

[0:40:40.4] TU: So Sean, let’s wrap up by talking through how the year-round planning can help pharmacists not only prevent these mistakes but again, better yet optimize your tax situation. That really is the focus of what you and the team are doing through the comprehensive tax planning, what we refer to as CTP. Again, not just that transactional return month of April, got to get it done but really that year-round strategy and planning. 

So you know, what is comprehensive tax planning? What do we offer? Why is it needed and who is it for and perhaps, not for as well? 

[0:41:11.3] SR: Yeah. So comprehensive tax planning is designed to really attack everything on this list, right? So it’s where you’re doing proactive planning and thinking about your tax situation now and not at the end or not in the beginning of next year looking back on this year and again saying, “I wish I could have done this” or “How could I have done this differently?” It’s getting ahead of those things now so you don’t have to worry about that. 

So things like mid-year projections, “Hey, let me grab your paystub, let me talk about some of those side gigs you’re doing, give me an updated PNL” or even if we’re doing your books for you, I’ll pull down the updated PNL and we’ll take a look. “Hey, you know you’ve withheld this much money so far, your side gig is going to make this much money we think so far. Have you put that money aside yet? Did you make an estimated payment?” 

“I think you should make a payment of this much” checking in on those things or being able to have the conversations of you know, “Hey, I just bought a rental property. Tell me about the short-term rental loophole” or “Tell me about what it’s going to take for me to be considered a real estate professional and be able to offset some of my active income with this passive income” or “Hey, I just bought the rental and hearing all about all these tax credits.” 

“How does that work? How do those tax credits affect my personal return and then how does it affect my rental property? Are those going to be different? Can I maximize them?” These are the conversations that we’ve been having with folks over the past few months looking back on last year but proactive tax planning is you’re having these conversations now. You are having them in May, June, and July and getting ahead of these things. 

So when we talk about March and April that big push, it is really a matter of, “Hey, did we do what we say we’re going to do? Excellent, great. Okay, what are your tax bills? Zero. As expected. Awesome, file? Done. Food to go.” Just really having that phone-a-friend CPA to ask questions for, “Hey, you mentioned bunching when we looked at my return last year. You said I was close to the itemizing. How can I actually employ that now?” 

Or “Hey, this is what I’ve contributed in my 401(k) so far this year, do I have room to add more?” things like that. Just getting ahead of it now while there’s room to make changes and not looking back and saying, “Ah, I really wish I did that.” 

[0:43:19.9] TU: Great stuff. So you know it’s again, not only that finally and it’s the mid-year projection, it is having an accountant in your corner to make sure you are executing throughout the year, answering those questions as they come up. So folks can learn more at ypftax.com. You can read more about that service, you can book a free discovery call to see whether or not it’s a good fit for your personal situation. 

And again, whether you came off the season and you’re like, “Hey, I did that myself and I never want to do that again” or you were surprised by a refund or a bill or perhaps you have a situation that’s changing, right? It could be moving, a new job, dependents, acquiring real estate, or building a small business, all are these I think there’s a few examples of things that we want to be thinking about in planning throughout the year. 

So again ypftax.com, you can learn more and book a free discovery call to see whether or not that’s a good fit. Sean, thanks so much for taking the time. I appreciate you coming on the post-tax season and looking forward to having you on throughout the year. 

[0:44:15.6] SR: Yeah, thanks, Tim. Glad to be back and hopefully next time, we’ll be able to talk more about some of these backburner items. So I am looking forward to it. 

[0:44:22.1] TU: Awesome. Thanks, Sean. 

[0:44:23.1] SR: Thanks. See you. 

[END OF INTERVIEW]

[0:44:25.3] TU: Before we wrap up today’s show, I want to again thank this week’s sponsor of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast, First Horizon. We’re glad to have found a solution for pharmacists that are unable to save 20% for a down payment on a home. A lot of pharmacists in the YFP community have taken advantage of First Horizon’s pharmacist home loan, which requires a 3% down payment for a single-family home or townhome for first-time home buyers and has no PMI on a 30-year fixed-rate mortgage. 

To learn more about the requirements for First Horizon’s pharmacist home loan and to get started with the preapproval process, you can visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan.

[DISCLAIMER]

[0:45:10.4] TU: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and it is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information on the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. 

Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog post, and podcast is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist unless otherwise noted and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward-looking statements, which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. 

Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$800*

Loans*

≥150K = $800

100-149K = $450

<100K = $350

Variable: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

Fixed: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

*All bonus payments are by gift card. See terms

The "Kayak" of student loan refinancing, Credible displays personalized prequalified rates from multiple lenders

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 5.49%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 295: 10 Common Social Security Mistakes to Avoid (Part 2)


YFP Co-Founder & CEO, Tim Ulbrich, PharmD, is joined by YFP Co-Founder & Director of Financial Planning, Tim Baker, CFP®, RLP®, RICP®, to wrap up the two-part series on common social security mistakes to avoid.

Episode Summary

This week, YFP Co-Founder & CEO, Tim Ulbrich, PharmD, is joined by YFP Co-Founder & Director of Financial Planning, Tim Baker, CFP®, RLP®, RICP®, to wrap up the two-part series on ten common social security mistakes to avoid. Tim and Tim start the discussion with a quick review of the first five common social security mistakes to avoid: not checking your earnings record, only considering your own benefits and not knowing what benefits are available, not understanding how social security benefits are calculated, taking social security too early, and not coordinating benefits with your spouse. They move on to dig into the second half of the list, including mistakes like not considering the cost of living adjustment (COLA) and how it changes your benefits, not planning for taxes on social security benefits, assuming social security benefits will fully cover your living expenses in retirement, how getting divorced too soon or remarrying can change social security benefits, and the mistake of viewing your social security benefits through the wrong lens. They share about potential dangers of polar opposite views on social security and how viewing social security as an insurance framework tackles a variety of financial risks that can impact the financial plan. 

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRODUCTION]

[00:00:00] TU: Hey, everybody. Tim Ulbrich here, and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast, where each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. 

This week, Tim Baker and I wrap up our two-part series on 10 Common Social Security Mistakes to Avoid. Now, whether you’re a new practitioner, where Social Security is far off in the distance, perhaps in the middle of your career listening or approaching that timeline towards retirement, I recognize that many listeners may not be aware of what the team at YFP Planning does in working one-on-one with more than 280 households in 40-plus states. YFP Planning offers fee-only high-touch financial planning that is customized to pharmacy professionals at all stages of their career. 

If you’re interested in learning more about how working one-on-one with a certified financial planner may help you achieve your financial goals, you can book a free discovery call at yfpplanning.com. Whether or not YFP Planning financial planning services are a good fit for you, know that we appreciate your support of this podcast and our mission to help pharmacists achieve financial freedom. Okay, let’s jump into my interview with Tim Baker, where we complete our 10 Common Social Security Mistakes to Avoid. 

[INTERVIEW]

[00:01:11] TU: Tim, welcome back.

[00:01:13] TB: Good to be here, Tim. How’s it going?

[00:01:14] TU: It is going well. I’m looking forward to part two of our series on 10 Common Social Security Mistakes to Avoid. If you missed last week’s episode 294, make sure to check it out, link in the show notes below, where recovered the first five Common Social Security Mistakes. 

Tim, we talked through not checking your earnings record and making sure you’ve got a good view on what’s going on in the ssa.gov profile and some of the tools in there. We talked about not knowing some of the specifics of the benefits that are available, spousal benefits and disability benefits. We also talked about how benefits are calculated and then some of the strategies around potentially the timing of claiming Social Security. So a lot of information in that episode. Make sure to check it out. 

Tim, let’s jump right into number 6 on our list of 10 common mistakes, which is the cost of living adjustment. We talked briefly about this last time, but it really needs the attention that it deserves. So tell us more about the Social Security COLA and how that works.

[00:02:11] TB: Yeah. So every year, the government looks at the consumer price index for urban wage earners and clerical workers, and they do this I think – I think this is in fourth quarter. Based on the CPI-W, they announce what like the change in payments would be for security or other government benefits. This year was – Most years, it’s very incremental, right? Because inflation hasn’t been what it was year over year from 2021, ’22, what we’ve seen. But last year, they announced and then put it into practice that the benefit would increase by 8.7%, which is huge, Tim, if you think about it. 

Because if we take a step back and we talk about one of the major pieces of the retirement paycheck, obviously, Social Security, which is what we’re talking about, the other major piece is the investment portfolio. So one of the reasons why we put our money into the markets and we, hopefully, take aggressive but intelligent risk is because, unfortunately, we can’t stuff the mattress full of cash and then hope that in 30 years, when we go to retire, that that’s going to be enough to sustain us. So the reason that we invest and we earn dividends and we earn capital appreciation on investments is to outpace really two things. It’s the tax monster and the inflation monster. That’s why we do this. 

One of the beautiful things about Social Security is that it is inflation-protected. So your payments going from December to January got almost a 9% bump to month over month, which is huge. What we have said is that they don’t even sell annuities on the market right now, as I’m aware, that has a cost of living adjustment rider, which means that when I’m talking about annuity, all an annuity is is your own Social Security benefit that you’re creating yourself. So it’s where you say, “Hey, I have $100,000. I’m going to give this to the insurance company, and then they’re going to pay me for life or for a term certain X amount of dollars per month for that lump sum of cash.” 

I can even go on to the market and say, “Hey, you see what Social Security is doing, where they’re simply giving me that 9%.” Or hopefully, it’s not that big. We don’t have inflation starting to temper down, but it could be 5% next year. It could be 7% the following year. You can’t even get that on the marketplace. So Wade Pfau, who is a professor at the American College, he’s written a lot of books on retirement. He’s basically saying that Social Security is really the cheapest annuity money can buy, even the firm process. So you can’t even get that on the market. 

Now, what you can yet, Tim, is you can get a rider that says, “Hey, it’ll go up 3% every year or 2% every year.” That’s typically the component that drives the price of the annuity because two or three percent could keep pace with inflation. But this year, you’re like, “Hey, you’re down 6% if you have a 3% rider based on the difference.” So really what we’re doing with Social Security and it being protected by inflation is we’re protecting your buying power. We know that the price of gas, the price of eggs, the price of other groceries, housing, utilities, everything has gone up. For a retiree on a fixed income, that can be super stressful. But at least if a good portion of your retirement paycheck is protected by this inflation protection, it’s a little bit of a feather in the cap. 

Social Security payments, just to clarify, they’re adjusted every year based on inflation, based on that CPI index. This is another important thing. By law, an individual’s benefit can’t decline, even in deflationary times. So that’s one thing that your benefit could stay the same. Usually, it goes up every year. When we’ve had a year like this, where there’s been a lot of inflation, you see that matched in the benefit increasing by 8.7% this year. So I think that this is one of the things that is often overlooked. When we’re buying policies or doing things, like cost of living always comes up, and it’s one of the more expensive things because it’s just an unknown. We just don’t know where it’s going, so the fact that the government has our back in this regard. 

Again, a lot of people, we pay for Social Security. Like that comes out of your check every time. So this is just allowing us or the government allowing us to kind of get those payments for life. So they’re doing what they need to do on the back end to make sure that that is sustained. But to me, this is important piece that it is inflation-protected. Again, being on a fixed income, there’s risk there that if you’re not, you’re just being priced out. Your standard of living is affected without it.

[00:07:04] TU: Yeah, Tim. New news to me. That’s really neat. I was unaware of, essentially, the floor, right? That they’re in a deflationary time period, that the benefit can’t go the other way, which makes sense, right? That while some people are using Social Security benefit, obviously, for goods and services that are going up with inflation or in a deflationary period, those costs would go down. There are other things that are fixed that aren’t going to go the other way. So that would make it difficult for planning. 

Tim, I was feeling good about my high-yield savings account with Ally at what? 34 or 35 –

[00:07:34] TB: 3.4. 

[00:07:34] TU: So I saw 87, and I was like, “Oh, man. Still losing, right?” That’s inflation, so. 

[00:07:40] TB: Yeah. You know what? Every little bit helps. Again, most banks, they kind of just collect that money on the float. So I like seeing those payments roll in, even though I know that it’s a jungle out there with inflation.

[00:07:53] TU: I’m glad that you mentioned the tax monster and the inflation monster. Obviously, we just talked about the inflation monster and addressing that with COLA. But our number seven common Social Security mistake really gets to the tax piece. I think, as we’ve talked about many times on the show, tax, like inflation, is often an overlooked part of the financial plan. 

Tim, when it comes to this number seven mistake, not planning for taxes on Social Security benefits, another example of the integration of tax planning with the financial plan. So how are Social Security benefits taxed, and how could this impact, potentially, someone’s decision to whether or not they’re going to earn additional income as well?

[00:08:32] TB: Yeah. So to your point, shout out to our tax team at YFP Tax, Sean Richards and Paul and Ariel, I think this is another indication or another example of having a professional look at this and help decide on this as important. 

So one of the things that people don’t know is that up to 85% of your Social Security benefit could be taxed at the federal level, if you earn substantial outside income, such as wage or dividends. Really, the benefit, Tim, the percentage of your benefit that’s subject to income taxes really depends on what’s called your combined income. So your combined income is essentially 50% of your household’s Social Security benefit, plus any other taxable income, which could be wages that you receive from a W-2 or a 1099, plus any tax-exempt interest, which is typically things for like bonds, that type of thing. 

So 50% of Social Security benefit, plus taxable income, plus tax-exempt interest income. That’s essentially your combined income, and that’s how it is determined, like what your tax will actually be. So one of the interesting things is that back in the ‘80s, I believe it was the ‘70s, ‘80s. A smaller percentage of people’s Social Security was being taxed, and a lot of it is because some of these thresholds that they’ve set were not indexed for inflation. But as time has gone on, and people have earned more money, we’ve seen it creep up to where now a recent study projected that going forward, about 56 of beneficiaries will pay taxes on at least some of their Social Security benefits. 

It’s good to kind of sit down and see, okay, if I’m earning additional money or I have a portfolio that spits out of income, how does that affect what I’m going to pay taxes on? Then probably even more, a broader conversation is really, okay, if I do additional work, am I going to lose some of my benefit, which is also a misnomer and probably something that should have made this list as well. Like if you make a lot of money, you don’t necessarily lose the benefit. You just don’t – They just kind of pause it, and they give it back to you later. 

Earning money in retirement, so to speak, is actually a great strategy. But understanding kind of the tax and how it affects the benefit itself is important to know. Again, it can be great because it, obviously, helps maintain the portfolio and all that stuff. But it’s really important to understand that the tax is. Again, if you work with an accountant, a CPA, an enrolled agent, they should be able to walk you through, okay, this is what the tax bill is going to look like on your Social Security benefit. I think that’s an important piece of the puzzle as well.

[00:11:21] TU: Yeah. Tim, it’s reminding me back too on 275. We talked through how to build a retirement paycheck, right? You talked about that a little bit on the last episode as well, but so important. I mean, at the end of the day, like for planning purposes, we want to know what is the takeout, right? What’s the net? So we can plan for our expenses and goals and other things that we’re working towards. 

Another good example is you mentioned of not only thinking about the sources of income, one being Social Security, that are going to make up our retirement income. But what are the tax implications, and the tax optimization strategies to, obviously, pay our fair share, right? But no more, right? We want to be able to allocate those dollars.

[00:11:59] TB: Yeah. If you know that your tax bill is going to be higher for that year, maybe the paycheck, the source is really coming from things like a Roth account, which you’ve already paid the taxes on. Or an after tax account, which you might have to pay capital gains tax on. But that’s different than ordinary income tax, and you leave the traditional accounts alone a bit. That’s why at the end of the day, a lot of people ask me like what proportion should be in pretax versus Roth versus like a taxable account. 

It’s tough to say, again, depending on like where you live and what you’re doing because state taxes are different. But I think it’s a good bet to have a little bit in column A, a little bit in column B, and a little bit in column C, and be able to kind of like pull from those different accounts, depending on what’s going on in that time in your life. So, yeah, just, again, having that optionality is another key theme in all of this.

[00:12:55] TU: Tim, as we move on to number eight on our list, which is assuming Social Security benefits can fully cover your living expenses, I think we’ve highlighted well the benefits of Social Security. We talked about the COLA. We talked about potentially the size of that benefit. You gave some examples in the last episode, as you were looking at your ssa.gov, online portal. 

I think maybe some folks might be listening and be like, “Man, do I need to be saving as much as I am outside of Social Security? Can I potentially depend more upon that than I was planning?” So what is the potential mistake here in assuming that Social Security benefits can fully cover your living expenses?

[00:13:32] TB: Yeah. I think it’s – When we’re sitting here and like, “Wow, it’s COLA,” and if I can work till 70, well, I’m going to work till 70, anyway. So it’s funny because like a lot of clients that come to us, and maybe they have a couple $100,000 in debt, they’ll be like, “Man, I’m never going to retire. I’ll never be able to retire.” Then we kind of start to deconstruct that repayment, and then we start to get them in a portfolio that does its thing. Over a couple years, you can start to see the script flip, so to speak on, okay, like I think there’s a path forward. 

In a lot of those scenarios, we’re not even really accounting for Social Security in a lot of ways. When we say we’re going to plan first, as if it’s not there. But the reality is it will be there. Again, it might be dependent on how far away you are from retirement. It might be a lesser benefit. But I think it is definitely a mistake to say, and some people do believe this that it’s like, “Hey, I’m going to do what I can do in my 401(k) and my IRA, and I’m not going to kill myself because I know that the Social Security benefit will be there for me.” 

I would say that, that is – Again, if we’re talking about optionality, if we’re talking about we don’t really know how long we’re going to live, we don’t really even know how long we’re going to be able to work, all of those things, I think, tend to say, “Hey, let’s do what we can to kind of make sure we have a good healthy portfolio that we can draw from.” We don’t know where inflation is going to be. We don’t know really know where the US markets are going to be in the next 30 or 40 years. Again, I still feel super bullish about that. But the fact remains that it is unknown. 

But I would say that, and these are really beginning of 2022 numbers, the average for all retired workers, the benefit is about $1,657 per month. That’s 20 grand a year, Tim.

[00:15:23] TU: Yeah. That’s lower than I would have thought.

[00:15:25] TB: Yeah. I think we’re actually going to – But I think that for so many people who are collecting this benefit, the mindset was like 62 and go. It’s like once I get to that, I’m going to get the money because I’m only going till 68 or 69 or 70. So I want to get the money while the getting is good. We’re starting to see that trend really shift, where I think people are starting to understand, okay, I can defer. Or they’re just naturally working longer because of some of the affirmation things like debt, student loan debt, etc. 

The average for older couples in situations where both spouses receive benefits is $2,753 a month or about $33,000 a year. There’s a lot of different ways to kind of skin the cat, so to speak. But a lot of planners will say, okay, if you make $100,000 as a household, they’ll use anywhere from 60 to 80 percent of those dollars and to say, “Hey, you need 60,000 to 80,000 dollars to live because they discount it, and a lot of the discount is based on really the fact that like while you’re in retirement, you might be saving 10, 20, 30 percent or more. 

Then also ideal, that’s not necessarily true in early retirement because you’re typically a kid in the candy store where you’re like, “Wow, I need to go do all the things I defer while I was working, so travel and that type of thing.” So there is a little bit of a smile, so to speak, of spending where it starts higher, and then it starts to come down as you age. Then as you age, medical expenses get larger, so it kind of increases. 

[00:17:00] TU: Yeah, makes sense. 

[00:17:01] TB: But when you compare that, again, 100,000, most of the clients that we’re working with are making a way above that as a household. So 100,000, 33% of that is covered. It’s not a huge portion of that paycheck, and it’s even going to be smaller the further you climb up kind of the pay ladder. 

So this is to say, and we’re kind of talking at both sides of our mounts, how great of a benefit it is. But it’s also to say that it’s not going to be the end-all be-all for you in terms of retirement, unless your lifestyle just says, hey, I can live off of $33,000, which maybe some people can do that and go from there. So to me, that’s a big thing. If we’re looking at somebody, their stats, Social Security will be a major source of income for many retirees, especially like lower income levels. It represents about 30% of the income for older adults. 

Specifically, when you kind of go down from a gender perspective, about 30% of men and 42% of women receive at least half of their income from Social Security. Then probably one of the more concerning things is that roughly 12% of men and 15% of women rely on Social Security for 90% of their income. Again, hopefully, the people that are on our listeners, because of some of the socioeconomic differences and resources available and, hopefully, the education that they’re receiving from a financial literacy, that will not be them in the future. But it is safe to say that it could be 20 to 30 percent of what you’re relying on, which is getting a good chunk of money. If that can grow because we are differing, and it is inflation-protected, that’s the power of the Social Security benefit.

[00:18:47] TU: Yeah. Tim, this reminds me. One of the takeaways I’ve had just from listening, and you teach and talk on this topic, is to really kind of avoid the polar extremes of use on Social Security, right? I think there’s some folks that, especially maybe earlier in the career, like Social Security is not going to be anything, and we can establish why that probably won’t be the case in the first episode. 

Then here we’re talking about the other side of the spectrum, which is assuming it’s going to fully cover all my expenses, and I think for obvious reasons of what you just highlighted, probably not going to do that for the vast majority of folks. But it can be a really good in-between, just like we talked about building a foundation early in your career with the financial plan here. Like you’ve got this foundation or at least some of the makeup of the floor that’s going to give us some insurances. It’s not nothing but it’s also not going to be everything that we need, as it relates to retirement planning.

[00:19:35] TB: Yeah. Like we mentioned before, like if you’re pretty conservative in your approach, if you can get Social Security and maybe annuity that you purchased by peeling off a couple $100,000 of your investment portfolio, and you can say, “Okay, this check from Social Security, plus this check from the insurance company for my annuity is going to provide for all of the necessities that I need,” like there’s a feeling of freedom there.

Now, someone who has more appetite for risk, they’re like, “Well, I would almost rather just kind of spend down my portfolio and be able to enjoy the things that I want to enjoy without paying that huge bill up front.” But there’s also stress in saying, “Okay. Hey, the market is down 30% and I’m drawing on it,” versus if you were just getting that paycheck built in. So there is a different approach. It’s based on your appetite for risk, and what we’re just kind of describing here is the flooring strategy versus the systemic withdrawal strategy, who I think can be – You can have hybrids of that as well. But, yeah, important to kind of see what is the best way to tackle it for you and go from there.

[00:20:44] TU: Tim, number nine on our list of 10 Common Social Security Mistakes refers to those that may get divorced and then potentially remarry as well. Talk us through what are the implications of the Social Security benefit for these situations?

[00:20:58] TB: Yeah. So sometimes, people don’t know that if they’re divorced and the failed marriage kind of meet certain criteria, you’re actually eligible for a benefit based on your spousal Social Security record or your ex-spouse’s Social Security record. So essentially, the rules for this is that you have to be divorced. The marriage has had to last at least 10 years. You are age 62 or older. You’re still unmarried. Then your ex-spouse is eligible to receive a Social Security retirement benefit or disability benefits and your benefit. So if you’re a worker, your benefit from your own work is less than what you would receive under your ex’s earnings record. 

The other interesting thing, which kind of makes sense because as a divorce say, you’re not like – You shouldn’t be all up in like your ex-spouses like business and when they’re going to retire and claim. But they don’t need to be claiming the benefit. Whereas if I’m married and my spouse can’t claim on my benefit, unless I’ve claimed the benefit. So those are really the rules. So like, again, it might be where if you’ve been married for nine years and you’re looking at divorce, it might be best to kind of get to that 10-year mark, so stay married longer, to activate that benefit. 

Or even just as you move on and have other relationships, whether you want to actually marry or not because once you marry, then that comes off, and then you’re kind of tied to your new spouse’s benefit, that type of thing. So it is one of those things that, obviously, Tim divorce can be a very emotional thing, and we would never advocate for someone to be in a situation that is unsafe or doesn’t make sense for them. But if it’s kind of a more of an amicable thing, it is something that you should definitely use and understand in terms of strategy. 

The interesting thing, Tim, and I listened to a lecture on this, if you’re married and divorced multiple times, I mean, you could have a stable of ex-spouses that can be claiming on your benefit, and that’s kind of where maybe some of the inefficiencies. If I have three or four ex-spouses, and they’re claiming off of like one worker’s benefit that’s been paid into, and then there could be children involved with that, the bill could pile up, so to speak, for Social Security. I wonder, I wonder. This is just be speculating out loud. I wonder if this is one of the things they potentially tighten up in terms of what this looks like in the future. 

So we know that, obviously, divorce is a reality for a lot of Americans and, obviously, this is the benefit that should be there. But I wonder if this is one of the things that they look at in the future. 

[00:23:41] TU: For the record, Shay, nothing to worry about. Tim mentioned three ex-spouses. Just an example, in case she’s listening. 

[00:23:48] TB: Yeah, exactly right. 

[00:23:49] TU: This is the test, right? Is Shay listening to the podcast or not? We’re going to find out.

[00:23:53] TB: She says she does. She says she does. But I probably need to like quiz her or drop some –

[00:23:59] TU: Well, this is deep and a part two of a series, so like –

[00:24:02] TB: I know. For her, she’s probably sleeping or fell asleep listening to me talk about this stuff.

[00:24:09] TU: All right. Number 10 on our list is looking through the wrong lens. Tim, this is a new concept for me, as it relates to Social Security and looking at it as an investment framework or an insurance framework. Describe the difference. Tell us more here

[00:24:24] TB: Yeah. So I think so many people, when they approach the decision on when to claim, they look at it from the vantage point of like, “Okay, if I’ve put money into the system over the last 30 or 40 years as I’ve worked, I want to get as much money back and more.” So a lot of advisors would use what’s called a breakeven analysis. Basically, they would say, “Okay. If you claim at 62, here’s your reduced benefit. But if you were to wait to claim at 70, there’s eight years where you’re not claiming it, and it’s at any increased benefit. So where did those kind of cross?” 

For a lot of people, it’s usually between age 80 and 84. So if you’re like, “Well, my uncle Donald or my aunt Ginny,” or whatever died at 78, then I’m like, “I’m definitely taking it early.” Many retirees, they live a lot longer than they think they will. So the average person at 65, they’re going to live. Once they get to 65, there’s a really good chance you’re going to live to 85 and beyond.

[00:25:25] TU: Yeah. Life expectancy increases once you get to a certain age. Yep. 

[00:25:28] TB: Yep. So I feel like too many people think of it as an investment that only pays off if they live a long time, and they worry too much about what happens if they don’t live as long as they expect. The thought is that this framework gets the focus – This framework focuses on the wrong issue, dying young instead of living a long kind of retirement with a good kind of standard of living. 

The opposite one, where I think the decision really should reside, is in the insurance framework. So why do we buy insurance? We buy insurance because we want to mitigate risk. Again, this is not advice because everyone’s situation is different. But typically, the longer you to defer, the more you kind of scratch the itch of mitigating some of these risks related to retirement, so one being longevity risk. So longevity risk is that you live too long, where you’re going to basically outlast your money. 

Deferring Social Security and looking through for that framework, you get a larger stream of lifetime income, long-term care risks. So one of the things that I talked about with a smile is that you could get to a point where you need to use nursing homes or that type of thing. Because you deferred Social Security, you have more resources, i.e. in your portfolio, later in life to kind of cover that inflation risk. 

Again, we’ve talked about this. A larger percent of your income is protected against inflation. That’s a beautiful thing. Things like frailty risks, which is as you get older and cognitively you might not be as sharp as you were, this really simplifies the decision making because, again, a bigger portion of your income is covered, and it’s inflation-protected. Even things like elder financial risks streams of income is – They’re less at risk to kind of be stolen and take advantage of versus like a couple million dollars in an account. 

Excess withdrawal risk, so this is where you’re locking in larger income stream in Social Security, so eliminating risk of generating income from the portfolio assets. Again, market risks, it eliminates volatility and returns. Then early loss of spouse risk, where you’re deferring, again, a larger benefit. Even if I’m in poor health and I defer my benefit, when I were to pass away, even if it’s sooner, it might be larger than what Shay would do. 

At the end of the day, you kind of look at it from the standpoint of, okay, if I have a short – So if I look at this from the strategy of claiming early versus claiming later, and I look at my retirement time horizon, whether it’s a short time horizon or a long time horizon, the only way that it works out to claim early is that if I claim early, it’s worked out, I get a lesser benefit. But I die early, so it worked out. If I claim early and my time horizon is actually longer, I permanently reduced my lifestyle because the benefit just isn’t as good. If I claim late and I have a short retirement, it’s minimal harm done because at the end of the day, again, a spouse could still use that. At the end of the day, it’s not necessarily there. It’s there to kind of provide a baseline for your needs. 

Then if you claim late and you have a longer time horizon, you’ve permanently increased the lifestyle. Again, that’s where I think that most people will fall is that they’re going to live longer than they think. At the end of the day, they’ve permanently increased their lifestyle because of the deferral credits that they’re going to get 8% a year. Think about it as that 8% a year raise that you get for every year that you defer. 

To me, that’s the crux of the issue. It really should be less about kind of a breakeven analysis and more about what is the impact that a decision like this can have permanently on my lifestyle, and what is it that we’re really trying to tackle. I would argue that the Social Security should be more, again, looking through from an insurance mitigating risk, and then the portfolio is where you’re really trying to maximize, okay, vacation and grandkids and things like that. So everyone’s going to be different. But to me 

I think people are starting to come around on this, as they really look at this and they see, hey, we’re just living longer, inflation-protected, all those things that we talked about in the segments. But it is a really important decision, if we haven’t got that point across, that you want to make sure that you’re looking at this from an analytical approach and then overlaying that, again, with what your goals are in retirement.

[00:30:02] TU: Yeah. I think what you’re highlighting here, which is really interesting, something I hadn’t considered before is this is a framework, a mindset in terms of are you thinking about this more from the investment strategy, more from the insurance, and kind of bringing us full circle. Like what I’m interpreting is if you’re able to plan earlier and throughout your career by building other investment streams that you can pull from, it allows you to have maybe some more freedom and peace of mind and viewing that Social Security as an insurance piece and less as a need on the investment side. I think that’s a really, really great example and something that seems obvious that we need to be thinking about in great detail. 

Tim, this has been great, 10 Common Social Security Mistakes to Avoid. We’re going to continue to build out more information on this topic, I think, I hope, as we’ve highlighted so much to consider around Social Security as a part of the financial plan. We’ve just scratched the surface really here in these two episodes. We also did an introductory episode on Social Security back on 242. We’ll link to that in the show notes. But much more to come, and we’re going to tap into Tim’s expertise and the expertise of the planning team at YFP Planning to really bring us some more content in this area. 

So, Tim, as always, appreciate your time and looking forward to more coming on this topic.

[00:31:15] TB: Yeah. It was fun, Tim. Thanks. 

[END OF INTERVIEW]

[00:31:17] TU: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. 

Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts, and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist, unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward-looking statements that are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. 

Thank you, again, for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week. 

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$800*

Loans*

≥150K = $800

100-149K = $450

<100K = $350

Variable: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

Fixed: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

*All bonus payments are by gift card. See terms

The "Kayak" of student loan refinancing, Credible displays personalized prequalified rates from multiple lenders

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 5.49%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

YFP 294: 10 Common Social Security Mistakes to Avoid (Part 1)


Tim Ulbrich, PharmD, is joined by YFP Co-Founder & Director of Financial Planning, Tim Baker, CFP®, RLP®, to kick off a two-part series on ten common social security mistakes to avoid.

Episode Summary

This week, Tim Ulbrich, PharmD, is joined by YFP Co-Founder & Director of Financial Planning, Tim Baker, CFP®, RLP®, to kick off a two-part series on ten common social security mistakes to avoid. Highlights of the show include Tim Baker sharing about the Retirement Income Certified Professional designation and training and why it is a crucial aspect of the overall financial plan. Tim and Tim dig into tackling the complex and critical decision of when to start claiming social security benefits, why it is an integral part of the financial plan, and how the program is funded. They then get into the weeds on the first five of ten social security mistakes people make and how to avoid them. Major mistakes include not checking your social security earnings statement for accuracy, only considering your benefits or not knowing what benefits are available to you, and not understanding how social security benefits are calculated. Tim and Tim discuss the mistakes of taking social security too early, not working long enough, and not coordinating social security benefits with a spouse and how all impact the financial plan. Listeners will hear practical ways to get on the path to success and learn about resources available to prevent those common social security mistakes. 

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRODUCTION]

[00:00:00] TU: Hey, everybody. Tim Ulbrich here, and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast, where each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. 

This week, I had the pleasure of welcoming YFP Co-founder and Director of Financial Planning, Tim Baker, to kick off a two-part series on 10 Common Social Security Mistakes to Avoid. In addition to talking through just how big a part of the financial plan Social Security can be, we talk about the first 5 of 10 common mistakes, including some big ones like taking Social Security too early, not understanding how the benefits are calculated, and not coordinating benefits with a spouse.

Now, before we jump into the show, I recognize that many listeners may not be aware of what the team at YFP Planning does in working one-on-one with more than 250 households in 40-plus states. YFP Planning offers fee-only high-touch financial planning that is customized to the pharmacy professional. If you’re interested in learning more about how working one-on-one with a certified financial planner may help you achieve your financial goals, you can book a free discovery call at yfpplanning.com. Whether or not YFP Planning’s financial planning services are a good fit for you, know that we appreciate your support of this podcast and our mission to help pharmacists achieve financial freedom. 

Okay, let’s jump into part one of 10 Common Social Security Mistakes to Avoid. 

[INTERVIEW]

[00:01:21] TU: Tim Baker, welcome back to the show.

[00:01:23] TB: Thanks, Tim. Happy to be here. I lost my voice over the weekend. So hopefully, this will be okay. But, yeah, I’m doing well. How about you?

[00:01:32] TU: Go Eagles, right? 

[00:01:33] TB: Go birds. Yeah. I was at the NFC Championship in Philadelphia. Shout out to my cousin, Pete, for scoring some tickets, and it was crazy. One of the best sporting events I’ve ever been to. It was great. Yeah. 

[00:01:46] TU: Love it. Love it. So, Tim, you recently completed the RICP training, which connects well with the topic that we’re going to talk about today, considering Social Security is such a big part of the retirement planning process for many folks. Before we jump into the topic today, tell us more about the RICP training and why it’s such an important really aspect to the overall financial plan.

[00:02:10] TB: Yeah. So RICP stands for Retirement Income Certified Professional. I think what it does is it kind of expands further on the deculumation or the withdrawal part of the retirement phase. So I think so much of what the CFP really focuses on is just accumulating assets to get to that destination. I think what the RICP – First, it says it’s not really a destination. It’s more of like a journey. It’s a process. I think a lot of retirees, they think they’re like, “All right, I’m 65. I’ve made it,” and it’s so far from that. 

But then the idea really is to say, okay, we have all of these assets that we built up over the last 30 or 40 years. How do we then translate that into a recurring paycheck that lasts us for the rest of our life, which is a timeline that’s undetermined? So it’s looking at sources of income like Social Security, like retirement plans, like individual retirement plans, like home equity, how does long-term care, insurance, health insurance, Medicare fit into this, any type of executive benefits? If you’re a single business owner, what are the risks in retirement? What are your overall goals? What are we trying to accomplish? 

Kind of really put that together as people are transitioning from the workforce, sometimes very abruptly, whether it’s their choice or not. Sometimes, it’s a phased retirement. But to do that in a way that, again, is sustainable for the course of the plan. So that’s really what it is. Obviously, Social Security is a huge part of this and probably one of the biggest things that a retired professional or a retired person has to answer is how does one access. How does one determine Social Security benefits? When should I do this? How? 

Yeah. I think it’s often an overlooked part of the of the plan. There’s so much focus on climb the mountain. But if you ever watched any type of documentaries about Everest, probably the hardest part is getting down and the most dangerous. So that’s kind of the best analogy I can give.

[00:04:23] TU: Yeah. That’s why I’m excited not only to dig deeper into Social Security, which we’ll do on this episode of the next, but to dig deeper into more of that climb down the mountain, right? We’ve spent a lot of time in the first five and a half years of this podcast, talking about issues related to the climbing up the mountain. I think that whether someone’s approaching retirement, whether they’re in the middle of their career, or whether they’re on the front end of their career, beginning to think about this, and even if it’s, “Hey, I’m on the front of my career, but I’m planting some seeds.” 

Obviously, for those that are listening that are a little bit closer, there’s some tangible takeaway items that they can implement, hopefully, sooner rather than later. But so much attention given to the front end, the accumulation side. We want to spend some more time here in ’23 and into next year as well, talking about the decumulation. 

So today, we’re kicking off a two-part series on 10 Common Social Security Mistakes to Avoid. We’re going to tackle five this week. We’ll tackle five next week. Just about a year ago, we talked Social Security 101, including the history, how it works, why it matters to the financial plan. We’ll link to that episode, which was episode 242, in the show notes. Tim, we’re not going to rehash everything we covered in 242. But let’s get some of the fundamentals related to Social Security on the table so that we have a framework to consider, as we talk about these 10 common mistakes. 

So first and foremost, I think that decision about when to claim Social Security benefits, arguably one of the most important decisions that clients will make, that individuals will make, is in your retirement. Why is that the case?

[00:05:54] TB: I think it’s the case because for a lot of Americans, it’s going to be the biggest source of income that they have, even more so than money that’s coming from a 401(k) or equity built in the house. So many people – There is this impression that Social Security is going to be the paycheck that dominates. Unfortunately, for a lot of people, that’s the case. Hopefully, for a lot of our listeners, that is not the case because of either good planning outside of Social Security or even good claiming strategies. 

The thing that makes Social security so powerful, one, is backed by the full faith and credit of the US taxpayers backed by the government, which is probably some of the surest assets that are out there, no matter what you think about. Where the economy is going or if Social Security’s going to be there, it is, I think, one of those things, unfortunately or fortunately, that it’s just too big to fail. So people hear horror stories about it’s going to go bankrupt. It’ll be there when – If you’re 25, 35, 45, if you’re listening, it’ll be there. It might not be what it looks like for retirees right now. But nonetheless, it will be there. 

I think one of the big thing I think that is often overlooked, and we’ll talk about that, is it is inflation-protected. So when we saw inflation run rampant in 2022, Social Security and a lot of these other government payments that go out went up, I think, by about 8.7%. One of the things we’ll talk about this is like you can’t buy an annuity that has a COLA, that has a cost-of-living adjustment out there. So one of the big strategies is that you want that Social Security payment to you and your spouse to be the largest it can be.

I think so many people, so many retirees, similar to like a student loan strategy, kind of just goes with the flow or talks to a colleague, and that becomes the basis for how they approach their security. But it really needs to be a lot more in depth than that. It’s going to be a big part of your retirement paycheck. We want to make sure that we have all the data, and we understand the system to be able to make the best claiming decision that we can. 

When we talk about our first point here, I’ll give an example of just looking at my own statement what that looks like. Obviously, I’m a few years off. But when we talk about the student loans, the delta between scenario A versus scenario Z can be hundreds of thousands of dollars. So that’s important to understand.

[00:08:28] TU: Tim, just a general scope, I think you make a good point that whether it’s a good thing or a bad thing, depending how you look at it, maybe too big to fail. I think there’s many folks that are maybe earlier in their career, they hear pay Social Security, and they think, “Hey, that’s not going to be a thing.” But I think if we take a step back and really look at just how big Social Security is in terms of like who receives the benefits, how many people receive the benefits. 

[00:08:52] TB: Yes. Some of the numbers? 

[00:08:52] TU: Yeah. And how big this is for many folks in terms of their income in retirement.

[00:08:58] TB: Yeah. So the number is the majority of American retirees receive more than half of their retirement income from Social Security. So that is the most important retirement asset on the balance sheet, so to speak, even though it doesn’t show up as something on their balance sheet. There’s just a lot of dollars involved. A client who currently claims benefits at the age of 70 and who is eligible for maximum Social Security benefit will receive a benefit that’s like 50k a year. 

So over 20 years, that really kind of relates about a million dollars in inflation adjusted spending power. So if you think about that in that context, where it’s like, “Oh, it’s 1,500 bucks a month or it’s 3,000 bucks,” maybe it doesn’t hit. But there’s a lot of dollars involved. Really, for a lot of people, not everyone but working longer and deferring, which we talk about with an investment, typically how you feel is what you should do. You should do the exact opposite in investment. 

It’s almost like the same with Social Security. It’s like if you’re like, “Man, I need to get out of my job. I’m ready to retire,” working longer and differing are strategies that can have the most impact to help you kind of mitigate the longevity risk, is the risk of running out of money because, one, it’s another year where you’re not spending in retirement. But it’s also another year where you’re deferring, and you’re potentially earning credits, deferral credits, that makes that dollar amount larger. 

We’ll talk about the whole, well, if I put money into, I want to make sure I get every dollar out. People look at this from a breakeven perspective, which I think is a little bit flawed, and we’ll talk about that in one of our things. But if we actually break down the numbers, there’s about 47 million retired workers who are receiving benefits that are around $73 billion per month. So it’s huge. 

The second biggest pie are disabled workers. That’s another thing that we’re going to outline. About eight million disabled workers receive about $10.3 billion. Then there’s survivors’ benefits. So this is, typically, you have a worker that dies, and they have children or a spouse that might be receiving benefits, about six million or survivors that are receiving benefits at about 7.3 billion. So it’s very much a piece of the puzzle. 

We’ll talk about kind of the averages when we – I think in part two, where we’re talking about like how much this is actually percentage-wise covered from a paycheck perspective. So it’s a big thing. Again, like I think just like we talked about other parts of the plan, you got to take the emotional inventory. You got to take what the actual statements or the balance sheet looks like, and then make the best claim decision for you. That’s, hopefully, some of the things that we’ll uncover.

[00:11:43] TU: So with that, let’s jump into 10 Common Social Security Mistakes to Avoid. Again, we’ll tackle five this week. We’ll tackle five next week. So tip number one Common Social Security Mistake to Avoid is not checking your earnings record for accuracy. Tim, whether someone is nearing retirement, listening in the middle of their career or listening on the front end of their career, tell us more about where they can go to find this information and making sure that they don’t make this mistake.

[00:12:09] TB: Yeah. I think in an effort to go more paperless, I think back in the day, once you reach a certain age, you get like a statement every month. Now, I think they’re moving to every quarter. They’re trying to kind of modernize. For maybe retirees, that can be a little bit of a hard sell. The best place to go is to ssa.gov. You can – It’s the my Social Security website. I signed on right before we hopped on here. It’s really easy to get on, and the website is actually pretty easy to navigate. We’ve talked about some other things related to student loans. The websites that the government built actually is pretty good, same thing with like the IRS tools. S

When I log on, Tim, just to kind of give you a description of what this looks like, I can download my Social Security statement. I can go and replace my Social Security card. I can view my benefit verification letter. The big thing that catches my eyes when I first log in, it’s called the eligibility and earnings section. It basically says that you have 40 work credits you need to receive benefits, and there’s four blocks. There’s a big checkmark, which basically means that I have earned enough credits to earn Social Security. 

So Social Security credits, you can earn for a year. You earn a credit by – I think in 2023, dollars is a little bit more than $1,600 in that year. So 1,600 times four, if I earn that amount of money, then I get four credits. Essentially, I need 40 credits to collect Social Security. So it’s essentially 10 years of earnings. But the cool thing is that under that section, it says review your full earnings record now. So when I click on that, it takes me to the eligibility earnings, and it goes back, essentially, from when I first started making money back whenever that was. 

When we talk about accuracy, one of the big things that you want to do is you want to make sure that when I filed my taxes in 2022, it shows the tax Social Security earnings dollars, and this is basically how they calculate that. There is a cap, but that’s basically how they calculate what your benefit is. So I can go back and see, okay, this is the amount of money I made in ’21, ’20 for me, all the way back to 1998, Tim, where I earned $353. 

[00:14:25] TU: Love it. 

[00:14:26] TB: So this is really important because they’re looking at the way that the – And we’ll get into this a little bit more, but they look at, essentially, the 35 highest years of earnings. If there aren’t 35 years, then they essentially use zero dollar year, which moves your average down. So you want to make sure that when you’re reviewing this, that your earnings record is correct. It’s not infallible, like you find errors here. So you want to make sure that when you go back and you’re looking at the top 35 years, that it’s accurate. You’re getting the best benefit you can. 

It basically lists for me from 2022, all the way back to 1998. I’m just eyeballing. I’m like, okay, that makes sense because I left the workforce here, or I work part time or that type of thing, just to make sure it looks good. The other thing worth mentioning when we talk about deferral, for a lot of people, the last years before they’re retired is typically their highest income years. So that’s another feather in the cap of like defer work longer. We’re closer to that full retirement age and beyond that. For a lot of us, it’s going to be 65. But then the longer you defer to age 70 is when the benefit gets the highest. The earnings record is going to be the biggest thing in terms of accuracy and making sure in that. 

But the other cool thing about this, Tim, is there’s actually like a section on here that shows me if I were to retire at age 67, it says your monthly benefit at full retirement age is going to be $2,599. So it shows me like this pretty cool graph that says, okay, at age 67, this is your full retirement age. Your benefit’s 2600 bucks, if I retire early, say five years early at 62, which is the earliest I can collect it, that drops to $1,774.

[00:16:21] TU: It’s almost 900 bucks, right, yours Tim?

[00:16:22] TB: Yeah. Yeah, exactly right. But then if I defer, so if I worked three years longer from age 67 to age 70, that goes up to the delayed retirement where I earn referral credits, 3,231. So that’s the thing is like when I’m when I’m talking about tens of thousands, if not hundreds of thousand, the earliest I want to get out, it’s 1,700, 1,800 bucks. The latest, age 70, eight years later, 3,231. 

So that’s where – Again, and this is inflation-protected. So that’s a huge thing, where those dollars go up every year with what the index says. But then you can also look at disability benefits, I mean, if you have them. It talks about Medicare part A and B, and how you qualify for that. But it’s just a good – When we talk about when we work with clients, get organized, the big thing is looking at the balance sheet, looking at what’s coming in income-wise. Like this is going to be a huge part of that for the retiree or someone who’s transitioning into that. So checking it, making sure it’s accurate. 

The earnings is going to be a huge thing that a lot of people don’t do. You want to make sure that you audit it as you go and make sure it’s accurate. So if it’s not, you can make the necessary adjustments.

[00:17:39] TU: Yeah. So takeaway number one, if you haven’t already done so or recently done so, ssa.gov. Log in to my Social Security. You can access your statements, look at the dashboard. Tim’s looking at and talking about, obviously, looking at whether or not you have the 40 work credits. Then looking at some of those simulations for when you may retire. 

Tim, I also like – You can play with some of this, right? So you can change your future salary. You can include a spouse or not include a spouse. You can see how that changes the benefits amount as well. So similar to some of the credit I’ve been given to the Department of Ed lately on what they built, that is studentaid.gov, I think they’ve done a really good job with this, so credit where credit’s due. 

[00:18:17] TB: I agree. Yep. 

[00:18:19] TU: So that’s the number one mistake, not checking your earnings record, not being aware of your Social Security account. Number two, Tim, is only considering your own benefits and not knowing what other benefits are available. So I suspect that folks are most familiar with retirement benefits in Social Security but perhaps to a lesser degree or maybe not even all some of the survivor and disability benefits. Talk to us about really the breadth of benefits that fall under the Social Security benefit.

[00:18:48] TB: Yeah. So the retirement benefits are the big one, and one of the things that is often overlooked is kind of that, yeah, those spousal benefits that are available for non-working spouses as early as age 62. Typically, a lot of the benefits are like kind of hinged on the worker. So if the worker isn’t collecting, then the spouse can’t collect, unless there’s a divorce, and we’ll talk about divorce here later. If it’s a separate household, even though you’re divorced and maybe you had to be married at least 10 years, then you can collect, even if the working divorced spouse is not collecting. 

To go back, a lot of the benefits hinges on the working spouse collecting the benefit, unless retired. But the worker must claim the worker benefit to trigger the spousal benefit at full retirement age, which is kind of that middle number, so 67 for me. If you’re a little bit older, it could be 65, 66 years old. But at full retirement age, the spousal benefit is 50% of the workers’ PIA, and we’ll talk about that a little bit. But basically, that’s the number that they use. 

The spousal benefit is not affected by the age that the worker claims benefits. So it’s basically once the worker claims it, it’s 50% of that benefit, but it can be reduced if – The spousal benefit can be reduced if it’s claimed before that full retirement age, which again, for me, is 67. Then deferring that benefit does not increase. So there is no referral credits for a spousal benefit. So getting that beyond full retirement age doesn’t make any sense. The spousal and survivor benefits do not increase, like I said, past full retirement age. 

The other interesting thing is that if a spouse is caring for a child that’s under 16, you can receive the full benefits, regardless of the caregiver’s spouse’s age. So there’s a lot of just little like nuance here that if you aren’t part of Social Security, you can, again, look these up and see if you would be eligible for a benefit. But this can also be paid for a dependent, an unmarried child under 18. So if I’m 65, and I’ve retired, and I’m collecting my benefit, and I have a 15-year-old daughter, they’re eligible for a benefit, as an example. 

Then if there’s a disability, as long as the disability started before age 22, there’s another benefits there related to that. There can be, Tim, a fat family like maximum applied. So like if my family – If I have two dependents and a spouse and then myself and then we’re all drawing like four checks, essentially, there is a cap per family that has to be considered, and that changes over time. 

It’s just interesting to know, again, a lot of people overlook this. Unless they’re looking at their mail, which there might be some notices here, or working with a planner sometimes, like this goes unpaid. So you want to make sure that, again, this is a system that you pay into as a worker. That you want to make sure that you and your dependents have the ability to collect the maximum amount.

[00:21:50] TU: Tim, one thing that stands out here real quick is it feels like this is a good example. I mean, there’s many that you just listed off there, where really getting in the weeds and planning could be helpful. But I’m thinking about – Selfishly, I think about my situation, Jess, and others that maybe have a nonworking spouse. Like when you talk about things about a spousal benefit and the percentages and that being hinged on the worker and that it doesn’t have the deferment credits, like there’s really some calculations to be done there of like does it make sense that there’s a strategy around spouse gaining employment, and what might that look like, and what’s the net benefit relative to the time. 

Or if the plan is that there’s a nonworking spouse, and it’s going to remain that way for whatever reason, then kind of understanding some of those nuances, right? It’d be hinged on the individual that’s working. What are the risks and benefits of that? Then also, that there’s not things like that deferral credit, right? So there’s a lot to unpack there.

[00:22:49] TB: Yeah. Even taking a step further, if your full retirement age is 67, and you decide to take it at 67, the things that you would have going on there is, say, your benefit is $5,000 at 67. Jess, if she decided not to work, it would be 50% of that, so $2,500. Or do you wait to get that 8% every year, which is essentially going from 67 at age 70, it increases by 8% every year. So you say you claim at age 70, which she can’t claim until you’re claiming, and then she gets 50% of that, right? 

If you were to pass away or she were to pass away, you basically get the larger of that benefit. So if you’re at 5,000 and she’s at 2,500, that’s 7500 hours for the household. But then if you were to pass away before her, she would get your benefit. So you would get 5,000, but the other 2500 we’re going to turn off. So the exercise then is what is the best strategy for you to claim to get the maximum out versus deferring. So there’s lots that goes into this. 

Again, even me making blanket statements of like, “Hey, deferring usually makes the most sense,” for your case, maybe that’s not the case because you want to turn that benefit on as quickly as possible because deferring for her is not going to really matter. 

[00:24:12] TU: Yeah. But that highlights the value of the planning here, right? Yeah. I mean, you talked about at the beginning building a retirement paycheck. Well, that paycheck is going to come from multiple sources. Here we’re only talking about one source and within that one source all the decisions and the nuances.

[00:24:28] TB: Exactly, right. Yep. The second population of people, Tim, so everybody we’ve talked about so far in terms of like benefits, that’s like the worker and like their dependents. So the next bucket is for when that worker dies, so you have like a survivor benefit. When a person who has worked and paid Social Security taxes dies, certain members of family may be eligible for survivor benefits. So a widow, widower would get full survivor benefits are available at full retirement age, but reduced benefits can begin as early as age 60. 

This is a whole another ball of wax that we get tested on for the RICP. That can be very confusing to understand. If the widow or widower is disabled, the benefits can then begin as early as age 50, not 60. Then full retirement, full benefits are also available if the widow is caring for a deceased person’s child who is under age 16. You can also get survivor benefits if divorced spouses are under certain conditions. Or unmarried children younger than 18 can also get a benefit. Children under the age of 80 or 18 or older, if you’re disabled before 22, so this kind of falls very similar to the worker benefits. Then dependent parents aged 62 or older. So if I am –

[00:25:43] TU: Interesting. 

[00:25:45] TB: Yeah. So say I’m taking care of my mom, and I’m receiving a work benefit, and then I die, my mom might not be receiving a check for Social Security. She might get her own. But if she’s not, then she has the ability to actually get a benefit based on my Social Security. Again, a lot of nuance when a worker passes away as well.

[00:26:07] TU: Tim, what about disability? I know this is an area when I’ve talked to folks before that are evaluating Social Security, asking questions, thinking about Social Security, it’s always focused on the retirement income side of it. But a big part of Social Security on the disability side as well, correct?

[00:26:23] TB: That is correct. I think what we had said in the beginning that it is the second most behind – Yeah, second most behind workers benefits is the disabled workers. About 8.1 disabled workers receiving about $10.3 billion per month. This one’s tough, though, because the Social Security definition for disability is pretty strict. So to receive disability benefits requires providing proof that the worker is incapable of engaging in any type of gainful employment, any type of a gainful employment. 

You have to be in a pretty tough medical status to be able to get this, and they typically have an end date. So they’re paid until the earliest of death, the end of disability, or attainment of full retirement age. So then you would go – So if I were disabled at age 55, and I was still alive at age 67, then I would switch over to my worker benefits. It can be pretty strict to be able to get the disability benefit, but it is the second largest after workers benefits. It’s a pretty strict interpretation of work and gainful employment. 

It is important to know, again, do I have a worker benefit? Do I have a survivor benefit available to me or my kids? Do I have a disability benefit? So kudos to the website. I would be on there. Obviously, there’s a lot of education, but then being able to log in and see, hey, I do have this benefit because I paid enough into it. There’s some assurance there, to know that.

[00:27:57] TU: Tim, when I see on the disability side that the worker is incapable of engaging in any type of gainful employment, my first thought is, well, this seems to be why, for so many pharmacists, we’re often looking at standalone long-term disability insurance policies that have some type of an own occupation component to it. Am I reading that correctly?

[00:28:16] TB: Correct. Yep. Yep. 

[00:28:17] TU: Okay. Yeah. 

[00:28:19] TB: Really, the reason for that is like what often happens, if it’s not an occupation, say I’m a pharmacist and say I’m in an awful car accident, and I cognitively can no longer do the work of a pharmacist, that doesn’t necessarily mean I can’t do the work of bagging groceries or doing something like that. So what the insurance company could say is like we’re going to deny the claim because you can still have gainful employment. It’s just not for the employment that you were trained for. So that’s just – Yeah, it’s important to know that. 

[00:28:51] TU: Good stuff. Number three on our list of 10 Common Social Security Mistakes is not understanding how benefits are calculated. Tim, admittedly, this is something I know very little about. You’ve already thrown around a term. I’m sure you’ll define PIA. Tell us more about the formulas that are used to determine one’s benefit?

[00:29:09] TB: Yeah. So the two big terms here is the PIA, the primary insurance amount, and the AIM, the average indexed monthly earnings, which I alluded to a little bit. So the worker’s benefit is tied to the primary insurance amount, PIA, which is a benefit formula applied to the worker’s average indexed monthly earnings or AIMs. That’s a mouthful. So the way you get to aim is you add together all of the index wages for the highest 35 years, and you divide that by 420 months or 35 years, and that’s the AIM. 

So if you look at this on a timeline, the timeline zero is kind of the PIA. Then anything before that, so if you retire early, say at 62, that’s kind of a reduction, and I’ll take you through the math on that, then anything to age 70, which is the opposite on the spectrum, is a credit. So the worker’s benefit is reduced by – Of course, we don’t want to make this simple, Tim, but it’s five-ninths of 1% of the PIA for each month before retirement age up to 36 months. So essentially, you’re getting a haircut five-ninths of 1% of PIA for every month before your full retirement age. 

If it’s greater than 36 months, it’s further reduced by five-twelfths of 1% per month. So in my exam, I’m basically calculating this. I’m like, okay, the full retirement age is 65. They – Yeah, no doubt. So here’s an example. If we’re claiming 44 years early, that’s 48 months. So the first 36 months, it’s five-ninths of 1%. Then the last 12 months to get to the 48 is five-twelfths of 1%. So if I do the math there, that’s a 25% reduction. So five-ninths times 36, plus five-twelfths times 12, the 12 months is 25%. 

[00:31:06] TU: Four years early. 

[00:31:08] TB: Correct. So that tells me that my paycheck is reduced by 25%. So if my primary insurance amount was 1,500, then my benefit would be reduced by 25% or 1,125. The scary thing or not the scary thing, but the problem is, Tim, is like once you do that, there are some like you can unwind it. If you claim early, you have 12 months to kind of give the money back. Or you can give them money back and say, “I’m just kidding. I want to actually defer.” 

But once you take that haircut, you take that haircut. Again, you still might get the cost of living so that 1,125, if you’ve got that in 2022, you still get the 8.7% increase. But I would rather have the 8.7% increase on that 1,500. So if you defer the worker’s benefit, it increases by two-thirds of 1% for each month, until age 70 or 8% per year. So if that 1,500, basically, I go all the way out to age 70, for every year, essentially, it’s about 8% per year, which is why when I was looking at my benefit, I’m like, all right, 2,600 bucks at age 67, if I wait to age 70, 3,231. That’s kind of the idea.

[00:32:27] TU: What was your spread, Tim, your low to your high, 62 to 70? What was your –

[00:32:31] TB: 62, I’m getting $1,774. To age 70, I’m thinking 3,231s. What is that? 70, 80% difference between the two or something like that?

[00:32:43] TU: Quick $1,500 about. Yep.

[00:32:45] TB: Yeah. It’s significant. We’re talking about this a little bit, Tim, but what people are saying is like, “Well, if I retire at age 62, I’m probably going to live to age 65.” Like people have kind of very little sense of their own mortality, and they typically live longer than what they think. Now, that’s not always the case. There are some people that it does make sense to claim, and we’ll talk about a little bit more of the mindset. But a lot of advisors and people, it’s like, well, it’s kind of a breakeven. It’s like, well, if you are collecting at 62, that’s eight years of collecting it at that versus waiting at 70. There’s a breakeven analysis that you can do. But I think that’s flawed in a sense, in terms of it looking at it from an investment decision versus like an insurance decision. We’ll talk about that in the next episode.

[00:33:34] TU: Tim, a question I have, when you talked about the benefit going up 8% per year by deferring, is that 8% plus the COLA then, just like it was on the downside? You know what I’m saying?

[00:33:48] TB: Correct. 

[00:33:49] TU: Okay. 

[00:33:49] TB: Yeah. 

[00:33:50] TU: Yeah. I mean, that’s wild, right? I was just kind of taking those numbers like, so instead of 1,500 going to 1,125, getting reduced by 25%. Essentially taking that up 8% per year and, obviously, it’s 8% on the 8%. But then adding to that the COLA piece, like that’s where the numbers start to really deviate.

[00:34:08] TB: Yeah. Again, this was a crazy year, so –

[00:34:13] TU: Yeah, that’s right. That’s right.

[00:34:14] TB: I’d have to look at in terms of like what the – But I feel like it’s gone up, even in years of very little inflation. The CPIW, which is the Consumer Price Index for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers, is essentially what they use to adjust it, even if it’s a 1%, 2%. Yeah. That’s completely separate from the deferral credit of 8% that you receive away from inflation. Again, that can be huge. 

[00:34:41] TU: Yeah. Yeah, absolutely. Again, I think this is a good reminder, like we’re talking in generalities. I think you mentioned, Tim, the importance of, hey, we can run the math. You can run a breakeven. But it doesn’t stop there, right. As we highlighted earlier in our conversation, there are so many layers to this and considering spousal benefits and quality of life and overall health condition, what you’re doing. 

I mean, there are so many things that consider that, yeah, I mean, there are cases where someone may claim early, as we look at generally. Certainly, the math here would advocate that deferring makes sense, but that may not always be the decision. I think that’s where the planning really comes into play. 

All right, number 4 on our list of 10 Common Social Security Mistakes is taking Social Security too early, not working long enough. Tim, we talked about this a little bit already, and perhaps it’s due to the age of my parents and in-laws, where this topic is one that comes up a lot. But this feels like a topic that is often discussed, often debated. So talk us through some of the major implications here.

[00:35:42] TB: Yeah. Just like any other parts of the plan, Tim, like what we’re really trying to strive for here is optionality. I can speak to my own parent, at least my dad. When he retired, it was kind of out of his hands because his company was bought by another company, and he was kind of duplicitous. So his options there were, okay, find a new job at 65 or whatever it was or start retiring. 

Again, like if I’m him, in that moment, I’m probably trying to use other sources of income. So I can then defer Social Security, get the biggest benefit. Sometimes, your plan is out of your hands because of external things like that. You want to prepare yourself as best you can to kind of cushion the blow, again, if you are, if you do kind of get phased out of the workforce. A lot of it, it’s related to scale backs and things like that. But sometimes, a lot of it is health. 

Sometimes, you’re like, “Oh, I’m definitely going to work to age 65, or I’m definitely going to work to age 70.” I think it’s something like 40% of the time, that’s not the case. So 40%, that’s a coin flip, a coin flip, Tim. Sometimes – Now, just because you’re not working doesn’t necessarily mean you have to claim Social Security. But for a lot of us, especially for a huge portion of that, you have to, right? But the argument that I would make is that if you can build a plan to have enough retirement assets or being able to tap home equity or taxable brokerage assets to kind of bridge that gap, it allows for further sustainability later because just more of your dollars are coming from Social Security, versus taking a 30% haircut or whatever it is. Yeah. Not working long enough is huge. 

The other factor is that, again, typically, towards the end of your careers, when most of us are working or earning the most money, which, basically, we’re looking at the highest 35 years, so it could be I’m making $200,000. If I decide to work another year, $200,000, maybe that’s taken zero or that $358 a year that I had in 1998 off the table. Then my benefit is going up even higher. 

But then the other side of it is like it is another year, where you’re not essentially senior. You’re not in senior unemployment, i.e. retirement, where you’re not basically generating your retirement paycheck yourself, which, again, is the whole purpose of retirement. So there’s a lot of people that are now really trying to either phase into retirement, or they have lifestyle, jobs, or businesses, or things that they do that maybe bring some dollars in that they’re not full stop. 

Because, again, from an emotional standpoint, we talk about this from an identity perspective, a lot of us like my identity is very much wrapped up in the job that I have, which can be unhealthy. But we’re seeing high levels of depression and drug use, alcoholism in retirees that we haven’t seen before. I think it’s because a lot more people are talking about it. But that’s another benefit of like easing in from a work perspective. 

But as we talked about it, again, it’s a 30% reduction if you claim at age 62, versus full retirement age. If you work past it to get the full credits, 8% per year. The difference, it can be like 70 to 80 percent between age 62 to age 70 in terms of the benefit, if you defer. One of the things that is if you’re listening to this, and you’re like, “Ah, I just retired summer of last year, and I took the benefit right away,” there isn’t the ability. It’s called a withdrawal of application, which can be made by a worker within 12 months of claiming the benefits. 

It’s basically like a take back seats, like do over. You’re like, “Oh, I just kind of did what everyone else is doing, and my situation maybe requires some more TLC and attention to see. Like maybe I can get by or not claim this. I can work part time. I can consult or do whatever to kind of grow that benefit to –” Where you’re getting that 8% raise to age 70. I think that’s important. Really important to look at.

[00:39:57] TU: Tim, one of the things that just hit me as we were talking, to reiterate something we lead with, is the need for time, attention, love, planning, whatever you want to call it for Social Security. We spend so much time – When I think about numbers like $5,000 a month, right, just throwing a round numbers here, as we’re looking at some of our examples, $5,000 a month, and the attention and time we give to building and putting together a nest egg that would generate $5,000 a month, while we, I think, largely often kind of wander, walk into perhaps on some level and inform the decisions around Social Security, the implication around Social Security, a very similar level here we’re talking about, and it’s substantial, significant level, several thousand dollars per month. 

I think it just highlights, as we’re digging into some of these numbers and how to optimize it, how much time and attention Social Security does really need and deserve as a part of the financial plan and one that admittedly – We look back over the first five years and said, hey, we haven’t really talked about Social Security. It’s a huge part of the financial plan, and that’s in part why we’re talking more about it right now.

[00:41:02] TB: Yeah. Again, just like anything, the financial plan is not necessarily built in a day. I think a path towards financial freedom, how you just decide that, is months. It’s years. It’s decades of being very intentional, of working towards stated goals. Social Security is a part of that. Again, we often think of it as just I’m earning money, 35 years of earnings in the background. But a tweak here or a tweak there, someone listening, and they’re like, “Hey, I can definitely earn $1,600 times four a year to turn that benefit on for me.” 

Even if it’s a small benefit, I mean, that might be a car payment. It might be a chunk of rent. It might be groceries. So I think every little bit counts. At the end of the day, what really – Again, it goes back to the being intentional but then optionality when you get to that moment. Again, like one of the things that we do – Again, if we use the term, if we use 5,000, 60 grand a year for that, we might need another 60 grand to live. 

So let’s say it’s 120,000. Essentially, what we’re doing then is we’re looking at those alternate sources, which could be pretax dollars from a traditional 401(k), after tax dollars from, say, a Roth IRA, a taxable account. We’re kind of trying to bring all those in, and it could be money from home equity. It could be money from an annuity that we take a chunk of the portfolio, and we say, “Hey. For us to get to a minimum, maybe it’s not – Maybe we need 80,000.” So maybe we buy a $20,000 annuity for that year or for like a term or whatever to get to that level. Then you know that based on Social Security and based on what that annuity is going to pay you that I’ll food, I’ll have a roof over my head, all those basic necessities. So everything else that’s coming from the portfolio, which is kind of cream. 

Essentially, what I’m describing is like the flooring strategy. But, yeah, it’s huge. It’s huge. Again, I think what we’re advocating for is just intentionality. So it leads to optionality in the future.

[00:43:23] TU: Yeah. It’s separate conversation for a separate day. But just things that are coming into my mind as we walk through some of this if you have a solid flooring strategy in place, if that’s the route and pathway you’d go, like does that change your risk tolerance or risk capacity around investing or other opportunities? Again, all this feeds into to one another. 

All right, let’s wrap up this two-part series on 10 Common Social Security Mistakes. We’ll finish up with number five here, and we’ll pick up next week with 6 through 10. Number five is making sure that we’re not looking at this in a vacuum and specifically not coordinating benefits with a spouse. Tell us more about this one, Tim.

[00:44:01] TB: Yeah. Kind of I’m thinking about this. We do have a lot of people that come through the door that’s like, “I’m looking for a financial plan just for myself,” but they’re married. I’m like it is hard to do because up and down, whether it’s a shared benefit like a home or even something like Social Security, like you got to be on the same page. 

As we said, the spousal benefit does not increase if the worker defers benefits. But a survivor benefit may. You can get credit based on that because it’s based on the PIA of the worker. One of the things that like we often hear is like, “Well, I’m in poor health, or like my dad and my uncle, they all died in their early or late 60s, early 70s.” But it might make sense. So even if the spouse, who is in poor health, it might make sense to defer the benefit because the longer you defer – 

Again, if we give an example of spouse A has a benefit of 1,700, and spouse B has a benefit of 3,000, that’s a $4,700 per benefit. But if I can defer spouse B to get the 3,500 or to get the 3,800, I still can either pick mine, which is 1,700, or my spouse’s at 3,000, when they do pass away. 

Again, it can’t be looked at a vacuum. You really have to look at everything. But a lot of people at default, they’re like, “Hey, I just got to get the money as quickly as possible.” Because I put all this money into, I want to get out. That kind of goes back to like the whole investment. So it really is important for you and your spouse to go back to the first one, where it’s like look at your earnings. Look at everything. Make sure it’s accurate. Then really coordinate the benefit that maximizes the dollar for the household, when both spouses are alive but then also when one spouse predeceases the other. 

So not in a vacuum, just like so many other pieces of the financial plan, you need to really make sure that there’s a coordination strategy there to, again, maximize the benefit and not leave money on the table.

[00:46:00] TU: Tim, one of the themes I’m hearing from you, especially for folks that are listening that have still a decent runway to save, is what can we be doing to take off that pressure of early claiming, if that’s not the move that we would desire to make, for the reasons we’ve talked about looking at the dollars and cents here?

Can we build those other sources that we can pull from, when it comes to that retirement paycheck? You mentioned the traditional retirement accounts, Roth IRAs, brokerage accounts, etc. Can we build those up in a way that relieves that pressure? Then if the decision really should be different for some and, again, that may not be a blanket for all, but we take that out of the equation, pressure out of the equation. 

[00:46:42] TB: Yeah. I think this all goes back to like goals, like what is your goals around retirement? It’s funny. Like it goes back to all the other pieces that we talked about what the financial plan. It’s like what’s the balance sheet say? What are the sources of income, and where are we trying to go? What are the goals? It’s the same, whether you’re starting out, or it’s the same, whether you’re starting to wind down your career, so to speak. 

Having a good eye on like where you’re at and where you want to go is just as important at age 60, 65, 70, as it is at 25, 30. To me, it’s really, really important to have these conversations out loud. I always – I laugh at myself, where I’m like, “Man, I love what I do. I love the work that we’re doing at YFP. I can see myself working at least till age 70 to get ready for retirement age.” But I also know that like we can be fickle creatures, right? Something could happen outside of our control that just makes the work that we’re doing a lot harder. There can be a lot of things. 

So I think even checking in with yourself, checking in with your spouse in terms of like what you want is important. But then if you do have to kind of pivot because of maybe some of the things that we did 20, 10 years ago, we have the option to say, okay, we can still not be hasty with our retirement claim or Social Security claiming strategy because we have the ability to pull through other sources to still max them out, max out like what we get from the system. 

Again, like I would almost say that this decision is going to be one of the bedrock decisions, if not the bedrock decisions, because we’re looking for sure things. Although, again, like there might be differences in the benefit in the future, it’s still going to be there, and it’s still going to be inflation-protected and all those things that is really positive about the Social Security benefits. So, yeah, I think, hopefully, this is a good first five and looking forward to getting to the next five. But I can’t stress the importance of this decision on the retirement income plan.

[00:48:43] TU: Great stuff as always, Tim Baker. We’re going to pick up next week, as we continue with 10 Common Social Security Mistakes to Avoid. Again, I’d reference you back to episode 242, where we relate some of the foundation around Social Security. We look forward to talking more about this topic throughout the year. 

For folks that are listening, especially, Tim, I’m talking about folks that are maybe in that later part of their career, nearing retirement, a lot of these questions are really coming to life around Social Security. It’s moving from the education to the decision making, if you will. We’d love to have a chance to talk with you to determine whether or not the financial planning services that we offer at YFP Planning are a good fit for you. So you can do that by booking a free discovery call at yfpplanning.com. Again, that’s yfpplanning.com. 

Tim, thanks so much, and we’ll be back next week. 

[END OF INTERVIEW]

[00:49:29] TU: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. 

Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts, and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist, unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward-looking statements that are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. 

Thank you, again, for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week. 

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$800*

Loans*

≥150K = $800

100-149K = $450

<100K = $350

Variable: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

Fixed: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

*All bonus payments are by gift card. See terms

The "Kayak" of student loan refinancing, Credible displays personalized prequalified rates from multiple lenders

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 5.49%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

YFP 290: Getting Ready for Tax Season


Sean Richards, CPA, EA returns to the podcast to discuss difference between tax planning and tax preparation, how effective tax planning can prevent costly mistakes, tax changes for 2023, and the basics of YFP’s Comprehensive Tax Planning. 

About Today’s Guest

Sean Richards, CPA, EA, received his undergraduate degree in Corporate Finance and Accounting, as well as his Master of Accountancy, from Bentley University in Waltham, MA. Sean has been a Certified Public Accountant (CPA) since 2015 and received his Enrolled Agent certification earlier this year. Prior to joining the YFP team, Sean was the Senior Treasury Manager at PRA Group, a global debt buyer based in Norfolk, VA. He began his career at American Tower Corporation where, over 10 years, he held several positions in audit, treasury, and accounting. As the Director of YFP Tax, Sean focuses on broadening the company’s existing tax planning and preparation operations, as well as developing and launching new accounting offerings, including bookkeeping, payroll, and fractional CFO services.

Episode Summary

This week on the YFP Podcast, YFP Co-Founder & CEO, Tim Ulbrich, PharmD, welcomes Sean Richards, CPA, EA, back to the podcast to discuss getting ready for tax season. In their conversation, Tim and Sean discuss the difference between tax planning and tax preparation, how effective tax planning can prevent costly mistakes, tax changes for 2023, and the basics of YFP Comprehensive Tax Planning. Listeners will hear ways to prevent costly mistakes during tax filing season, including building a strategy around PSLF, nuances of real estate investing, and the impact of a side hustle or additional business income. Sean explains that the best way to avoid these mistakes would be through proactive tax planning throughout the year, but in particular, before tax season. Tim leads the conversation to the differences between tax planning and tax preparation, plus various tax changes for the 2023 tax filing season and into the future. Sean shares resources and information on changes to charitable contributions, energy credits, and clean energy credits. Sean closes out the conversation with an introduction to YFP Tax, the new YFP Tax website, and the various services available to clients including YFP’s Comprehensive Tax Planning (CTP), what it is, and the type of client the service would be a good fit for. 

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRODUCTION]

[00:00:00] TU: Hey, everybody. Tim Ulbrich here, and welcome to this week’s episode of the YFP Podcast, where each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. 

Now, aside from being pharmacists with a passion for personal finance, there’s something else that you and I have in common, and that’s that we have to file our taxes each year. Now, I know what you might be thinking. Tim, it’s only January, and the tax filing deadline is still a few months away. 95 days to be exact, in case you’re counting. Do I need to start thinking about taxes right now? 

I get it. But the truth is that now is an important time to shift gears and start thinking about the strategies that you can use to optimize your tax situation, and that’s why I’m excited to welcome back onto the show YFP Director of Tax, Sean Richards, to talk through getting ready for tax season. We discuss on this episode the difference between tax planning and tax preparation and how effective tax planning can prevent costly mistakes. To learn more about the services offered by YFP Tax, you can visit yfptax.com. 

Now, whether you’re looking for help with your individual taxes, business taxes, or both, YFP’s comprehensive tax planning combines traditional filing with our proactive year-round planning process. All right, let’s jump into my interview with YFP Director of Tax, Sean Richards. 

[INTERVIEW]

[00:01:22] TU: Sean, welcome back to the show.

[00:01:24] SR: Thanks for having me, and I’m excited to be here before we get into tax season, while I actually still have a chance to get on the pod and talk to you. 

[00:01:31] TU: Absolutely.

[00:01:32] SR: Catch me in a couple of weeks, and I’m probably going to ignore all of your calls and everything. So get me while you have me.

[00:01:37] TU: Tis the season indeed. We had you on episode 283 not too long ago. We talked about how to optimize your tax situation as a pharmacy professional. We’ll link to that in the show notes for folks that want to go back to that. But as you mentioned, here we are in the midst of tax season, this episode going live right around the middle of January. Sean, this is about the time where we start to see those tax forms coming in the mail. I don’t know. Folks maybe are like me, where I start to pile those up on my desk. Maybe clutter the –

[00:02:06] SR: [inaudible 00:02:06] or whatever. 

[00:02:09] TU: Clutter the countertop a little bit. It’s that visual reminder that we’re going to be filing our taxes. One of the things we’re going to talk about here today, not only what are some things that folks can do to, hopefully, have a smooth tax filing season, but also how can we be strategizing and planning, hopefully, year round and not necessarily just house on fire when we go to file our taxes each April. 

So we’re going to talk in really a few different parts. Number one, what are some of the ways that folks can prevent some of the costly mistakes during filing this season? What are some most common mistakes that you see? We’ll then talk about some of the differences between tax preparation and tax planning. Then we’ll talk about some of the changes that folks need to be aware of for both this tax filing season, some of those coming from the Inflation Reduction Act, and then also some of the things that folks can be looking out for into the future. So I’m ready if you’re ready. Should we do this?

[00:03:07] SR: I’m always ready. Like I said, this is the most ready I’ll be for a while. So here we go.

[00:03:12] TU: So let’s jump into some of the costly mistakes that folks may find themselves making during the filing season. Obviously, we want to avoid this if we can. You recently wrote a blog post on this topic. We’ll link to that in the show notes. But give us some of the examples, as you’ve been talking with many pharmacists that are interacting with YFP Tax, many pharmacy clients. What are some of these examples of mistakes that are being made that if we had some more proactive planning, perhaps we could prevent it?

[00:03:43] SR: Yeah, and thanks for bringing up that blog post because that really gets into the nature of how a lot of these kind of arise and can be prevented. Not to give everything away about that, but the idea of the whole thing is really just sort of being able to go back in time, if you could, right? In a lot of circumstances in life, it would be nice to be able to get a redo and be able to go back and kind of get a mulligan, if you will. But with a lot of things in life, you can’t do that, and taxes are one of those things. 

So I would say the biggest examples where I see pharmacists or anybody really making mistakes when it comes to taxes is not planning ahead and kind of looking back and saying, “Oh boy. I wish I had done that.” So that time that you had a great year, and you made a ton of money, and maybe you’ve had a side gig going, and you had so much cash that you didn’t know what to do with it. But then you come to the end of the year and you didn’t have that cash anymore when your actual tax bill comes due. So, “Oh, I wish I could have put some of that money aside, done a projection, see what I’m going to owe at the end of the year.” Maybe make estimated tax payments if you apply for something like that. 

Or something like, “Hey, real estate’s hot right now.” You bought up a place. You fixed it up. You finally sold it. You hit that peak before interest rates went up, and now you’re sitting there going, “Oh, my goodness. I have to pay taxes on all those capital gains.” What are some things you could have done to maybe make different improvements to the house or take advantage of those improvements against your bases when you’re calculating the taxes? Or, “Hey, maybe I could have invested in some solar property or something.” Take advantage of some of those credits that we’ll talk about with the Inflation Reduction Act. So things of that nature. 

A big one with pharmacists is loan forgiveness, right? PSLF. If you’re looking at this, and you’re saying you did your taxes, and you’re going to apply for forgiveness in the future and say, “Oh, maybe I could have filed separate for my spouse last year. If I had done this a little bit differently, then maybe I could have had some more of my loans forgiven.” So it tends to always be an – I’m not going to say always, but there tends to be a common recurring theme of if I just planned ahead, and I could go back in time and change these things, maybe that problem wouldn’t be there. 

But actually, now that I think about it, I had a personal situation. I like to bring this one up because it’s near and dear to me and if I can ever prevent folks from having the same thing. I know, early in my career, I was lucky enough to have RSUs given, granted to me, and I was a young budding accountant and went to do my taxes and paid the capital gains and said, “Okay, that’s fine. I understand. I cashed them in. I have my capital gains.”

It wasn’t until I was looking at it a little bit down the line and talking to some of my colleagues that I realized I didn’t actually account for that properly. I had already paid taxes on some of that, and then I went and basically double-counted and paid again. So RSUs are one of those things. I know a lot of pharmacists get them. They get excited about them. If you don’t really pay attention or you don’t talk to somebody who knows what they’re doing with these things, you can end up double paying, and the IRS certainly won’t reach out and let you know that you did that. You have to find that on your own.

[00:06:44] TU: Yeah. Sean, to that point, we’ve worked with a lot of the pharmaceutical industry fellowship programs, and as a result, have a handful of those that are in pharmaceutical industry as clients, whether it’s on the planning side or on the tax side. So this is something that we see come up a lot about trying to understand what are RSUs, and what are some of those tax implications. Certainly, student loans, you mentioned PSLF strategy. It’s a big one in our community, real estate. We’ve got a whole separate podcast dedicated to that topic. So of course, that can be something that’s top of mind.

Then the first one you mentioned is something, Sean, I know I’m seeing and hearing more and more of. We featured many pharmacists on the show that are beginning to monetize their clinical expertise in a variety of different ways, whether that’s a business, whether that’s a side hustle, or perhaps a side hustle that turned into a business. As you mentioned, often there’s that new income that’s coming in. By the time we get around to filing, we’re maybe putting that income back into use in the business or other expenses that come up. Then there’s that surprise tax bill. So, yes, we’re doing good. We’re growing the business. We’re achieving that goal of monetizing whatever we’d been working on. But are we proactively planning for, obviously, the tax bill that’s going to be due? How can we plan for that throughout the year? So great examples I know that will touch many people that are listening. 

The next question then is what is the antidote to these mistakes? You mentioned a couple times you were sharing that really that more proactive tax planning, not just necessarily looking at that point of filing, where we’re looking backwards, but really thinking strategically throughout the year can help us not only prevent these mistakes, but also optimize our overall tax strategy. So define for us the difference of tax planning versus tax preparation, and why it’s so important that we understand how these two are so different.

[00:08:36] SR: Sure. So tax preparation is the traditional what you think of with taxes. It’s, hey, you go to your account at the end of the year. You hand them a big box of receipts and say, “Here’s all the stuff.” All the things that you were just talking about you get in the mail, you put a little pile on the table, you bring it to your accountant and say, “These are what I have. This is what I did last year. Get my taxes done for me.” 

That also is the traditional area where people kind of are fearful about taxes or have that stress like, “Oh, my goodness. Am I going to owe something?” Or even getting a big refund can be a good thing. But at the same time, you just gave the government an interest free loan for however long, right? I mean, getting a big refund, there’s probably a pretty good chance you could have done something better with that cash. So that’s typically the surprise or the idea I was talking about like, “Oh, goodness. I wish I had done that in the middle of the year in July,” something like that. 

That’s tax preparation, and it’s not inherently a bad thing. It needs to get done. Again, it’s what most people are familiar with, whether it’s going to an accountant or going on to TurboTax yourself and getting it done. But that also, again, is where a lot of these stresses tend to come from. On the flip side of that is this idea of tax planning. So that is not just thinking about taxes at the end of the year, but making sure that you’re keeping them top of mind throughout the course of the year, and you’re synergizing your tax strategy with your overall financial strategy. 

One thing I want to be clear about is I don’t want people sitting there all day long thinking about tax because, I mean, maybe I want to do that. But a lot of people don’t, and that’s not what we’re getting at with tax planning. It’s not where you’re sitting there all day long and how is this going to impact my taxes? It’s just making sure that when you’re making decisions, that it’s not something that you’re thinking about in April or next filing season. But it’s something that is in your mind. So, hey, I’m thinking about buying a property at the end of the year. What will those implications be from a tax standpoint? Or I’ve been working this side gig. Should I be putting cash aside and trying to plan ahead and everything? 

One analogy, if you’ve ever heard me on the pod, I think I talked about this before. If you’ve ever talked to me in person, you’re probably sick of hearing this one. But I often compare it to tax preparation at the end of the year. It’s like a film editor versus tax planning. It’s like a film director who can kind of change things over the course of the year. A new analogy I’ll kind of introduce this time around, I’m really into cooking. So what I found it to be is tax planning is sort of like reading the recipe, prepping your ingredients, getting everything kind of ready to go. Like you watch these tasty videos. They all have everything measured out, and they’re just pouring it in at the time, and it’s all kind of ready. 

Versus tax preparation is the last step of getting everything plated and putting it all together. Would you want to do all that piece, without having done any of the prep work to begin with? Are you going to try to throw everything together when you haven’t even cut the potatoes or anything yet? No. I mean, ideally, if you’re preparing a meal, you want to also plan, cut the things, read the recipe, and just have a good idea throughout the course of the thing. So that’ll be my new analogy going forward maybe until I get sick of cooking, and then I can come up with something else.

[00:11:35] TU: I’m smiling because I can totally see you this past weekend cooking and thinking, “Oh, I’ve got another analogy for how I’m going to explain tax planning versus tax preparation.” 

[00:11:45] SR: Exactly. I was probably panicking and realize I didn’t cut something ahead of time that I needed to put in and was saying, “Oh, my goodness. If I had just done that ahead of time and made the connection there.” Most likely, this would happen.

[00:11:55] TU: Yeah. I think you’ve given some really good examples, Sean. I was thinking about this this morning. Even when I was working a W-2 job, a pretty simple tax return, pre-kids, there still was this kind of underlying feeling of like, “Am I really optimizing everything?” What I don’t know, I don’t know. Number one, yeah, I could do the TurboTax. I could do the H&R Block. I could figure that out. But how is this really interfacing with the rest of the financial plan? Then, obviously, over time, as things become more complicated, more than one income perhaps or rental properties or children enter the equation, changes of income throughout the year, all these different scenarios where there’s some real time adjustments that you want to make, as well as how can we look at all these things across the plan to make sure we’re optimizing this in the best way we can. 

Sean, you know this because you’re my phone a friend on the tax side. But probably once a week, once every other week, it’s a, “Hey, I’ve got this notice. I’ve got this question. What about this? What’s it looking as we’re thinking about the estimated payment, whether it’s on the business income or question related to the real estate piece?” So there’s just so many things going on, and I feel like I have a high level understanding. But there’s a whole another layer of depth that, obviously, you and others with this expertise have and can really advise people to be thinking across the entirety of what’s going on with the taxes and the financial plan. But also looking at how can we be more proactive than just simply doing the filing each year.

[00:13:24] SR: Yep, I agree. The thing is, is that taxes often become a stressor for folks because they don’t plan ahead. That’s the biggest thing is that you go to your mailbox, and you see a letter, and it says the IRS on the top, and you immediately get this fear in your head. It’s because you think, “Oh, what did I do wrong? Or what should I have done otherwise,” or something like that. 

I mean, it really just comes down to if you are thinking about these things proactively, if you have sort of that phone a friend that you can reach out to throughout the course of the year, you’re not going to be worried when the time comes because you’ll say, “I already talked to him about that. I already know what this is going to be. Oh, this letter from the IRS is just the refund check that I’m expecting to come back from them.” It’s not going to be that fear anymore.

[00:14:02] TU: So let’s shift gears and talk about some of the tax changes that individuals should be aware of. I think one of the main advantages in working with a professional is that you as the individual don’t have to sift through all the changes that are happening and understand the implications to your own plan. You can get the CliffsNotes version of that or someone that’s looking out for you and, obviously, has an understanding of your individual situation. 

Sean, my understanding is there are some changes that folks should be aware of that impact this filing season. Then there’s also some other changes on the horizon that will impact things in the future. Tell us more.

[00:14:36] SR: Yeah. I mean, at this stage of the game, I don’t want to say it’s too late. It’s almost never too late to do really anything. But given that we’re getting into January of 2023 now, not a whole lot to talk about for 2022, but just a couple things to keep top of mind for folks, especially because it’s questions that people may have when they’re talking to their accountant about, “Hey, this looks a little different than last year.” 

So one big thing that will probably be glaring to a lot of folks is there was a $300 above the line, we call it, credit for charitable deductions that has happened for the past couple of years. So that basically, even if you’re not itemizing your deductions, if you’ve made charitable contributions, you were able to take $300 of that as a credit, that is sort of a no more going forward. So in order to take those charitable contributions, you’re going to have to itemize your deductions. 

Again, I just want to point that one out because I know a lot of people, it was right there on the front of the – On the form. So a lot of people will probably think, “Hey, what happened to that?” But that also brings up a good point that you always want to – Another reason why working with a tax professional stay on top of these things is really helpful because different states, different jurisdictions all have different rules when it comes to these things. I know I was just talking about charitable contributions, for example. In the state of Arizona, that’s actually something where you’re able to make donations up until the filing date. Sort of like you can traditionally with IRA accounts when you think of on the federal side of things. 

That’s another reason why I say even though it might seem like it’s too late, it’s not always too late, and you really want to keep in mind that different states and different jurisdictions have different kind of rules with that. 

[00:16:05] TU: Which is why, Sean, you love the Ohio jurisdiction and the [inaudible 00:16:09], right? Isn’t that your favorite? 

[00:16:11] SR: Yeah. Love would be one word that I could use to describe it. I would definitely say that that’s one of them. It keeps me on top of my game. I could say that too. I’m running out of nice things to say. But, yep, sure, we’ll go with that. 

Sticking on the subject of sort of top of mind 2022, things to keep in mind, one of them – This is not so much of a, hey, it’s something that you can still do now, just something that you’re going to want to really be careful of, especially when you’re talking to your accountant and probably trying to argue. Hey, how come I’m not getting the credit for this or something? You alluded to the Inflation Reduction Act. So that was the act that President Biden signed back in August. So a lot of changes to a lot of things, specifically, energy credits, things of that nature. A good number of changes to keep an eye on there. 

A big one is the Residential Clean Energy Credit. So that is traditionally – Forgive me, I can’t think of the old name. They keep changing the names of these things. But keep in mind solar, geothermal, that type of thing, really the renewable energy sources. So that was supposed to drop down to a 26% credit in 2022. That bumped back up to 30% in 2022, and that’s going to go all the way out through 2032. So that’s a good one to keep in mind. 

Electric cars, that’s another one, very important. So as of – The date on this one is August 16th. So if you bought a car before August 16th of last year, electric car, sort of the old rules, I won’t get into those. You’re probably familiar with them. If you bought a car beginning August 16th and through the end of last year, an electric car, there’s a final assembly requirement where your vehicle must have been assembled in North America. Those rules apply as of August 16th of last year, so something definitely to keep in mind there. 

Then going forward into 2023, if you purchase a car in this year going forward, there’s not only final assembly rules, but there’s mineral sourcing rules. There’s sort of battery component rules. So a lot stricter requirements there. We can link to – The Department of Energy has a good list where you can kind of put in your VIN and see if your vehicle qualifies and what it is. But the long story short there is it’s $7,500 credit going forward. But again, you want to keep those dates in mind whenever you purchase the vehicle. So it’s kind of one of those things to keep in mind now. 

That’s a good segue into 2023. So again, closing the door in 2022, a lot of good things heading into 2023, specifically around those energy credits. We talked about new – Or electric vehicles. We talked about new electric vehicles. But starting this year might bring a lot of people into the used market here, so used electric vehicles. That will be a new credit, 30% up to 4k of those. So that’s something definitely to look forward to. 

Energy credits, again, not so much on the solar geothermal side, but more on the, hey, I got new doors, new windows, the typical sort of regular household improvements. You’re probably familiar with those being a $500 lifetime credit. That starting this year going forward is actually going to be a $1,200 annual credit, so that is quite the jump there. Definitely some new restrictions and everything to keep an eye on. Obviously, you want to talk to an accountant about all that kind of stuff. But that’s a very big jump from $500 a lifetime to $1,200 a year. So definitely want to take advantage of that going forward.

[00:19:34] TU: Is that one that if I invest, I don’t know, $10,000 in new windows, that you can disperse that credit over several years? Or is it within the year of purchase for 1,200, right? Because a lot of those examples you gave, windows, doors, roofs, etc. are, obviously, going to be fairly significant expenses.

[00:19:54] SR: Yeah. It’s in the year that you actually dole out the cash that you get the credit back. In a lot of cases, these credits are nonrefundable. So what that means is that if you, at the end of the day, don’t owe anything or don’t have any taxes to offset, you don’t get that credit back for you. So refundable credit basically means, hey, if I actually offset all of my taxes and still then get some, you’ll actually get that back as a refund. 

A lot of these energy credits, you just want to take a look at all of them. I won’t get into which of which. But some of those are nonrefundable, meaning they’ll offset your taxes that year but not going forward.

[00:20:30] TU: Which is another great example of planning, right? 

[00:20:31] SR: Of planning. Exactly, exactly right. You beat me to it, where if you’re making a big capital purchase, you say, “All right, I’m putting in these new windows or I’m getting this solar. I’m finally getting it done,” you want to make sure you have the taxes to offset. Maybe you sell some of those investments that you’ve had for a while. Take on some of those capital gains. Use the credits to offset it or – That’s where that tax planning definitely comes into play. Absolutely. You’re taking my job, man.

[00:20:56] TU: Sorry. It was a good example. I was just thinking about all – Obviously, a large percent of our community may be doing home improvement projects, other things. This is a common one, I think, will be coming up.

[00:21:05] SR: Absolutely. Yep. But, yeah, I mean, sticking to this year, I don’t want to say it was a boring year. Every year from a tax standpoint is exciting in my mind. But the biggest thing I would say outside of the energy stuff, the name of the game has been inflation. So obviously, inflation is top of mind for a lot of folks. So a lot of inflation-related changes going into next year, and what does that mean? Mostly means limits are going up for a lot of things. 

So 401(k), deferral limits. That was up $2,000. That’ll be 2,500 this year. Catch up deposits also up 1,000, so that’ll be $7,500 this year. IRA contributions went up $500, so that’s $6,500 this year. The catch up stayed the same on that, but similarly, inflation. So starting next year, 2024, that will be indexed to inflation. That’s another one there. Tax brackets, so all the tax brackets were bumped up a bit due to inflation. I’m not going to get into the specifics of which one. Each of those, each of the limits are there. The overall story is that you basically can make more money before you bump into that next bracket. 

But the one thing I really want to hone in on there is a lot of people don’t really – I don’t want to say don’t understand the concept of tax brackets. But a lot of people think, “Oh, I don’t want to make another $1,000 because that’s going to bump me into the next bracket. Or how’s that affect me? Is that going to put me the next tax bracket? Or how’s that look with everything?” I just want to make sure a lot of folks on here understand the idea of incremental dollars being taxed at that next bracket. So what does that mean? 

If you’re right on the edge, and you make an extra $100 that bumps you into that next tax bracket, that $100 will be at the new tax rate. The rest of your cash is all getting taxed at the rates that you were before. So I don’t want anybody here who’s got two job offers on the table and saying, “I don’t want to take this higher one because it’s going to put me in the next tax bracket.” That’s not how it works. It’s only going to be a couple extra dollars. I know that’s a big scary one. So that’s where you hear about effective rates and everything. There’s a lot we can get into there, but I just don’t want to scare folks any more than they already are.

[00:23:07] TU: Sean, it reminded me as you’re talking. I’m sure many folks listening are familiar with the Schitt’s Creek episode, where David is talking about the tax-write offs and the things that he’s buying because they’re tax-write off, right? This –

[00:23:20] SR: Write-off, yeah. 

[00:23:20] TU: It’s like we need an episode on the incremental approach. I mean, you hear that all the time of like, “Oh, I don’t want to go in the next tax bracket. Or if I earn additional money, I’m going to go into that.” I think a lot of that may come from the misunderstanding of how that works in terms of the incremental approach.

[00:23:37] SR: Exactly, right. You’d never want to turn down more cash. I think we had talked about before. But even though it might not seem like the best thing, a bigger tax bill at the end of the day generally means that you actually did better that year.

[00:23:49] TU: Yeah. Well, this is great stuff, Sean, and I want to transition. One of things we’re really excited about as we head into this tax filing season is that for new clients of YFP Tax, we’re really putting a stake in the ground that we’re not doing filing only. One of the reasons we got to that decision point was everything that we’re talking about right here, which is that we really feel like tax when done well is really proactive. It’s strategic, and we’re thinking about this year round so that we can optimize that situation. Yes, filing is a part of that, of course, but we really need to be thinking more strategically. 

So that’s one of the reasons that we are really excited, Sean, to be introducing YFP’s what we’re calling CTP, comprehensive tax planning. Tell us more about what it is, who is it for, and potentially who is it not for as well. 

[00:24:39] SR: Yeah. So comprehensive tax planning is – It’s a lot of what we had talked about before, right? So the idea of really synergizing your tax strategy with the rest of your financial strategy. It’s something where you’re touching base with us throughout the course of the year, and it really depends on what your individual needs are. It’s not something where we’re saying, “Hey. Every Friday at five o’clock, we’re all getting on the call. It’s the YFP Tax happy hour. We’re all going to talk about taxes and everything.” That’s not what this is all about. It’s really for everybody to look at their own situation and say, “Hey, I’m looking for more guidance on my withholdings.” Maybe it’s something where we’re meeting a couple times a year to talk about, “Hey, I have this new side job. I think I have to make estimated payments now. Can we talk about what that looks like?”

Or maybe it’s something where I have a real estate property that I’m thinking about purchasing at the end of the year, but I don’t even want to begin to go down that path until I can talk about what are the implications here. What if I rent it out a couple days a year? What if I rent it out 100 days a year? How’s that look? Can I live there? What are the tax implications? So it’s really for folks who want to not wait until the end of the year, like I said, and say, “Hey, here’s my box of receipts. I’ll see you next April. Get my stuff done,” and who really want to be able to sleep at night when it comes to taxes and don’t want to open up their mailbox and say, “Oh, no. It’s the IRS. What could this possibly be?”

[00:26:01] TU: Sean, if I’m interested in learning more about the comprehensive tax planning or perhaps even ready to get started, where’s the best place that I should go?

[00:26:09] SR: So the best place to go would be yfptax.com. So that’s our new and improved website we launched recently. It has a lot of different resources on there. It has the blog that you mentioned before, a lot of videos that we posted throughout the course of the year with some of these updates and some of these new tax laws that we’re talking about. It really has a breakdown of all the different services that we have. 

So whether it’s the comprehensive tax planning, CTP, that we’re talking about here, or maybe you have a side gig and you’re interested in doing some bookkeeping for that. We offer bookkeeping services, all the way from, “Hey, I just have a couple of contractors I need to do payroll for,” all the way up through what we call our fractional CFO service, which is more of the, “Hey, let’s sit down. Let’s talk strategy about my business. Let’s put some forecasts and budgeting together and everything.” That website will have a great starting point to get you started. 

But from there, you can get in touch with me. I’ll answer any questions you have. We can get on the phone. If you want to look at my face, we can get a Zoom call together. Or I’m happy to talk via email, answer any questions. So you can reach me personally at [email protected]. Again, you can also go to www.ypftax.com. You’ll get links to me. You’ll get links to all the things that we’re talking about here. That’s the best place to start. 

What I would say is, definitely, if you’re interested, don’t wait. We’re getting into tax season. I know that I’m biased to say that, but I think you’re going to lose a lot of us in a couple of weeks. So might be not a bad time to hop on there and take a look.

[00:27:34] TU: Don’t wait indeed. This is really the – Now, I’m not going to say quiet. You guys got a lot of stuff going on, but really the lull before the storm that is the tax season and then, obviously, some hibernation of rest and recovery thereafter. So make sure to head on over to yfptax.com. Lots more information there. As Sean mentioned, you can reach out to him directly to set up a call, get some more information. If you’re ready to get going, you can also click on a complete a quick form. You can get started. But all the information is there on the website. 

Sean, thanks so much, and we look forward to hearing from you after tax season.

[00:28:06] SR: Thank you. Yeah. It’s definitely the calm before the storm. But like I said, it’s sort of like if you watch the weather channel before a hurricane. Even though it’s the calm, everybody’s still prepping and getting ready and everything. Then once it’s all said and done, yeah, it’ll be nice to touch base in May once everything’s kind of a little bit calmer.

[00:28:23] TU: Great stuff. Thanks, Sean. 

[00:28:24] SR: Thank you.

[END OF INTERVIEW]

[00:28:25] TU: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. 

Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts, and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist, unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward-looking statements that are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. 

Thank you, again, for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week. 

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$800*

Loans*

≥150K = $800

100-149K = $450

<100K = $350

Variable: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

Fixed: 5.28%+ APR (with autopay)*

*All bonus payments are by gift card. See terms

The "Kayak" of student loan refinancing, Credible displays personalized prequalified rates from multiple lenders

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 5.49%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 247: 10 Common Financial Mistakes Pharmacists Make


10 Common Financial Mistakes Pharmacists Make

On this episode, sponsored by APhA, YFP Co-Founder & CEO, Tim Ulbrich, PharmD, talks about ten common financial mistakes pharmacists make.

Episode Summary

In this episode, Your Financial Pharmacist Co-Founder & CEO, Tim Ulbrich, PharmD, flies solo to dive into ten common financial mistakes that pharmacists make. Tim talks through the math behind the age-old retirement advice that we have all heard, “save early and save often.” He discusses some common mis-prioritization of investments that leave tax savings on the table, like prioritizing non-tax favored investment accounts. Tim further discusses two common student loan mistakes that can cost folks tens of thousands of dollars and in some cases, much more than that; paying too much interest and not maximizing PSLF. Tim shares about the importance of having an emergency fund, protecting your income, and saving for your kid’s college in the correct order. He details common financial missteps such as accepting that income is fixed (because it will change) and failing to or delaying retirement savings, plus some long-term impacts of each. Tim then wraps up with another look at tax planning and how proper tax planning each year (not just tax filing) can affect the financial plan. Lastly, Tim explains how having a financial planner that does not have your best interest in mind can be one of the biggest mistakes that you don’t have to make. 

Key Points From This Episode

  • The number one mistake on our list: paying too much interest on your student loan debt.
  • Tim shares the way to shift your mindset away from the ‘monopoly money’ feeling. 
  • Diving into student loan strategy and the different buckets to consider. 
  • Talking about service loan forgiveness and PSLF strategy, and how to maximize these.
  • Why emergency funds take a back seat and how to avoid delaying getting one. 
  • Some tips on starting your emergency fund.
  • Mistake number four: protecting your income.
  • Accepting your income is fixed, and factoring in inflation and debt loads.
  • Putting numbers to the retirement savings saying of ‘save early, save often.’
  • Investing in a way that maximizes your tax savings!
  • A reminder of why it’s crucial to create a tax strategy and do your tax planning.
  • Talking about saving out of order for kid’s college.
  • How to get a certified financial planner who has your best interests at heart.

Highlights

“We tend to underestimate how much interest we’re going to pay over the life of a loan and therefore, we tend to underestimate how much we’re going to actually pay out of pocket.” — Tim Ulbrich, PharmD [0:08:37]

“When it comes to insurance, the balance point here is we want to not be underinsured, we want to make sure we can protect the time but we also don’t want to be over-insured.” — Tim Ulbrich, PharmD [0:19:23]

“You can borrow for your kid’s college, but you can’t borrow for your retirement.” — Tim Ulbrich, PharmD [0:30:48]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRODUCTION]

[0:00:00.4] TU: Hey everybody, Tim Ulbrich here and thank you for listening to The YFP Podcast, where each week, we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. 

This week, I fly solo to talk about 10 common financial mistakes that pharmacists make, no judgment as I’ve made many of these mistakes myself. Some of the highlights from today’s show includes talking through two common student loan mistakes that can cost folks tens of thousands of dollars and in some cases, much more than that, the math behind the age-old advice that we’ve all heard, save early and save often, as well as talking through some common mis-prioritization of investment that leaves tax savings on the table 

Now, before we hear from today’s sponsor and then jump into the show, I recognize that many listeners may not be aware of what the team at YFP planning does in working one-on-one with more than 240 households in 40 plus states. YFP planning offers free only, high-touch financial planning that is customized for the pharmacy professional. If you’re interested in learning more about working one-on-one with a certified financial planner may help you achieve your financial goals, you can book a free discovery call at yfpplanning.com.

Whether or not YFP Planning’s financial planning services are a good fit for you, know that we appreciate your support of this podcast and our mission to help pharmacists achieve financial freedom. Okay, let’s hear from today’s sponsor, and then we’ll jump into the show.

[SPONSOR MESSAGE]

Today’s episode of Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast is brought to you by the American Pharmacist Association. APhA is partnered with Your Financial Pharmacist to deliver personalized financial education benefits for APhA members. Throughout the year, APhA will be hosting a number of exclusive webinars covering topics like student loan debt payoff strategies, home buying, investing, insurance needs, and much more.

Join APhA now to gain premier access to these educational resources and to receive discounts on YFP products and services. You can join APhA at a 25% discount by visiting pharmacist.com/join and using the coupon code, YFP. Again, that’s pharmacist.com/join and using the coupon code YFP.

[INTERVIEW]

[0:02:08.5] TU: Hey everybody, Tim Ulbrich here, welcome to this week’s episode of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. I’m flying solo this week and we’re going to talk through 10 common financial mistakes that I see pharmacists often making, that we see pharmacists in the YFP community often making. As I mentioned in the introduction, there is no judgment here in these mistakes.

I’ve made many of these mistakes myself. My hope with this episode, through sharing some of those experiences and other common mistakes that we see folks making, is to hopefully prevent those, right? For others that are perhaps on this journey towards achieving financial freedom.

Before we jump into the 10 common mistakes that we’re going to talk about in today’s episode, I am not going to be covering a few things that are worth noting because I’m going to assume that you’ve got these bases already covered, right? Those would be things like having a budget and being intentional with your spending, so important, right? 

We’ve ultimately got a certain amount of income to work with each month, we’ve got a lot of things that are competing for our attention financially, various goals, various expenses and so that budget is going to allow us to be intentional with our spending. I’m going to assume that that is already in place. 

I’m also going to assume that we’ve either eliminated any high-interest rate, credit card debt that is revolving each month in a current interest or we’re going to avoid that if we possibly can, right? Very important is, we look at how the impact of that interest can really hurt us as we look at trying to achieve other goals. 

Finally, of course, we need to minimize our lifestyle creep, right? For many pharmacists, we know that we see, certainly, a great income overall but that income often can be relatively flat throughout one’s career. Expenses tend to creep up on us over time, perhaps families grow, home expenses, other types of things throughout one’s career and so, we got to do our best to keep those expenses at bay and so that we can focus those limited dollars that we have on other goals each and every month. 

Again, things I’m not going to cover, having that budget, being intentional, spending, avoiding, eliminating credit card debt, minimizing lifestyle creep. Now, what we are going to talk about are some common student loan mistakes, we’re going to get really tactical with some numbers that highlight why these mistakes can really have a significant negative impact and really ultimately leave a lot on the table that could be put elsewhere in the plan.

We’ll talk a little bit of our emergency funds and protecting the income. We’ll talk about a couple of things in the long-term savings, retirement side, in terms of prioritization and delaying of savings. Then I’ll wrap up by talking about tax planning as well as looking for a planner that has your best interest in mind. 

All right, I hope you’re ready, I’m going to go quick, we’re going to hit a lot of information and we’re going to reference several resources throughout the show and we’ll of course, link to those who you could deep it to those deeper after the recording.

[0:04:49.0] Number one mistake on our list is paying too much interest when it comes to paying off our student loans. Now, you’ve heard me say a hundred times on this show, that pharmacists are facing significant student loan debt. The cost of 2021 to be exact, median debt load, have $170,000 as reported by the American Association Colleges of Pharmacy Graduating Student Survey.

Now, the good news is for the first time in over a decade, we’ve seen that number come down was $175,000 for the class of 2020. Bad news is, that’s still $170,000 and when we look at how interest accrues on a $170,000, those start to be really big numbers. One of the things I often say is that for me in my journey of paying off debt, when I was in school and even early on in the repayment journey, to be frank, it felt a little bit like monopoly money, right? 

Once we get into active repayment, once we see the impact of that interest accruing, it starts to become really real, really quick. One of the ways I like to shift that mindset away from that feeling of monopoly money is to calculate the daily interest that is accruing on our loans. The way you do that is take your loan balance that currently remains, you multiply it by your interest rate and you divide it by 365 days.

If you were to have $170,000, let’s just say the Median debt load, $170,000 if we multiply that by 6% and assume that’s an average interest rate across our federal loans, and we divide them by 365, we’re looking at about $28 per day of interest that is accruing. $28 per day. Now, of course, as that $170,000 gets paid down to 160, 150, 140, et cetera or, and/or, we’re able to reduce that interest rate either through our process of refinancing or perhaps some forgiveness opportunity.

Then of course we’re going to see that impact of interest go down but that really is the opportunity cost that we need to be thinking about. $28 per day, if we look at the median debt load of a pharmacy graduate that is going towards interest alone as they begin that repayment period.

[0:06:47.8] One of the feelings I had early on in my repayment journey is I felt like I was spinning my wheels in terms of making substantial monthly payments but not feeling like I was really making a whole lot of progress and momentum towards getting that debt load paid off.

The reason that was and the reason that is for many of you that might be listening to this show, is because the amount of that payment that goes toward interest, right? When we look at big debt loads like 170, 180, $200,000 or perhaps even more at interest rates, six, seven percent, maybe higher on some private loans, what we see is pretty big monthly payments but we also see a lot of that that is going directly towards the interest. 

Let me give you an example. If somebody has $170,000, again, let’s just use a 6% average interest rate, if we assume they’re going to pay that off over a 10 year period, that would be the standard repayment option, 120 fixed monthly payments, what we see is a monthly payment of about $1,900 per month for 120 payments or 10 years. $1,900, fixed payment for 10 years.

Now, of that $1,900 that first payment, about $1,000, 45% or so is going to go towards principal and about $850 is going to go towards interest. Right out of the gates, we see that in a standard 10-year repayment about half is going to put a dent in the actual principle and about half is going to go towards interest. And of course, with each monthly payment that we make, we’re going to see a little bit more going toward principle and a little bit less going towards interest.

[0:08:19.2] This is why folks often feel like, “Hey Tim, I’m making big monthly payments but I don’t feel like I’m progressing as quickly as I would like to in terms of getting this paid off” and that’s because of the interest that is accruing on those payments.

One of the common mistakes here that we’re talking about in terms of paying too much interest is we tend to underestimate how much interest we’re going to pay over the life of a loan and therefore, we tend to underestimate how much we’re going to actually pay out of pocket. 

I see this all the time and talk with the pharmacy students, they may say, “Hey, I’m borrowing $20,000 a semester” let’s say for tuition cost, the living expenses, they multiply it by eight semesters and they think, “Hey, that’s roughly my student loan debt number.”

Now, what they’re forgetting is of course the interest that’s accruing while they’re in school, outside of administrative forbearance period, such that we’re in right now, and they’re also not including the interest that’s going to accrue while they’re in active repayment, right?

If we’re looking at a 10 year, perhaps for some it’s even a little bit longer repayment journey, then we’re going to see a significant amount of interest that’s also accruing throughout the life of a loan. 

That’s why often, folks look up and say, “Wow, that’s a lot more that’s getting paid back than I really had anticipated was going to initially be the case.” What we want to be thinking about here as we talk about this first common mistake, paying too much interest is, what can we be doing to minimize the interest that we’re paying?

[0:09:38.9] That’s where we really get into student loan repayment strategy, right? A topic we have covered, lots of different ways on this show and there’s several different buckets that we need to consider. 

That could be tuition reimbursement programs, forgiveness programs, either public service or nonpublic service loan forgiveness programs or we’re going to pay them off but we have an option perhaps to move our loans into the private sector through a refinance that’s going to help us reduce that interest.

The first couple of areas that come to mind if I’m thinking about, “Hey, how can I avoid paying too much interest?” is number one, could I have somebody else pay the bill, right? That could either be through a tuition reimbursement program or through forgiveness, whether that’s PSLF offer or non-PSLF, if that’s not viable or of interest, then perhaps, might I be able to reduce my interest rate through a process of refinancing.

One of the things that we want to avoid is staying in a status quo position in terms of staying in the federal system, paying a high-interest rate, or paying a high private rate, if there’s a better option out there, whether that be forgiveness or whether that be considering a refinance.

A couple of things to think about as we talk about that first mistake of paying too much interest and I’m going to reference a resource here where you can dig more into student loan repayment strategies to evaluate that further.

[0:10:50.9] Number two mistake on our list of 10 is not maximizing public service loan forgiveness. Now, we have talked about this on the show extensively but I feel the need to continue to shout from the mountain top about this topic because there’s a lot of folks that maybe have the option or pursue public service loan forgiveness and for whatever reason aren’t making that choice or folks that are kind of half in and they’re half out, right? 

We’re leaving something on the table. When it comes to public service loan forgiveness, assuming that’s the right play for you and your personal financial situation, if we go that pathway, the goal is optimize and maximize forgiveness and minimize what’s out of pocket, right?

When I say, the common mistake here is not maximizing PSLF, what I’m referring to is that we’re leaving something on the table, either we’re paying more interest that we could have forgiven, or/and potentially, we’re not optimizing certain situations that would allow us to be able to also save through our forgiveness period. 

One of the things we need to do here is actually break down the numbers of what this means for your personal situation. Now, I’m not going to go through the rules of PSLF, again, we’ve talked about that extensively on the show before, highlights here, we have to work for the right type of employer so 501(c)(3), not for profit or federal government agency or organization. 

You have to be in the right kind of loan, so a direct loan, we’ve had some provisions with the Biden administration that have allowed some forgiveness and latitude on that, we’re going to talk about that more in an upcoming show. You have to be in the right repayment plan, which is an income-driven repayment plan.

[0:12:22.8] You have to make 120 payments and be consecutive but 120 qualifying payments before you’re ultimately applying for and receive tax-free forgiveness. Now, one of the things folks often omit, when they’re thinking about optimizing PSLF is really trying to figure out what can I be doing to pay less towards my student loans so that more is forgiven and that really gets to how the monthly payment is calculated towards your student loans when you’re in PSLF through an income-driven repayment plan.

The formula that is used is they take an amount that’s called your discretionary income and that is included of your adjusted gross income, so your taxable income reported on your tax returns, so your AGI, minus 150% of the property level, that is your discretionary income and then that gets multiplied by a certain percentage.

Just by definition of that calculation, there’s some things that we can do if we look at that discretionary income. That AGI minus that 150% poverty level, hopefully, you’re asking yourself, “What could I be doing to lower my AGI?” right? We don’t want to make less money but, “What I could be doing in terms of optimizing strategies to lower my AGI so that I can pay less towards my student loans, increase the amount that’s forgiven, and perhaps also, move forward other financial goals at the same time?”

What we know, what you know from listening to the show is there are strategies that we could do to lower our AGI, right? We think about accounts like 401(k) contributions, 403(b) contributions, HSA contributions. This is where we get to the strategy and the numbers start to become pretty wild in terms of not only optimizing what is forgiven tax-free but also, what could we be putting towards investments that over this repayment period of 10 years with PSLF, we also take advantage of compound interest and compound growth over that period of time. 

[0:14:16.0] You know, it doesn’t take a whole lot of whole numbers in terms of putting money away at three, five, seven percent of compounded growth each year. Again, it’s not just the tax-free forgiveness that of course is a huge benefit but also, what can we be doing to moving forward in accelerating our investment plan. That’s the second mistake, not optimizing our PSLF strategy. 

Now, a couple of resources I want to point you to here. Student loan repayment, you’ve heard me say it many times, one of the most important decisions pharmacists are going to make early in their career, one that we don’t want to walk into blindly, one that we don’t want to replicate what somebody else is doing that may not be a good fit for our situation.

This decision can be the difference, easily of tens of thousands of dollars, if not more, based on the option you choose and so, I really want you to invest the time and the energy to understanding this loan repayment options, as nuanced as they are. We’ve got a great comprehensive resource, The Ultimate Guide to Pay Back Pharmacy School Loans. It’s a free blog, comprehensive, almost like an ebook, to be honest, you can download that, read that blog at yourfinancialpharmacist.com/ultimate and we’ll link to that in the show notes.

Now, for those of you that are saying, “Hey, the information is great but I want one-on-one help with an expert that knows this in and out.” We do have a one-on-one student loan analysis survey that pairs you up with a YFP Planning certified financial planner and the goal of that is to analyze all of your options and ultimately decide on the best repayment plan for your situation.

You can learn more about that service at yourfinancialpharmacist.com/sla. Again, yourfinancialpharmacist.com/sla. All right, that’s number two, not maximizing PSLF. 

[0:15:57.3] Number three is delaying the emergency fund. Now, we just came off of talking about student loan repayment, right? That’s a gorilla that is often in the room. Many folks are also trying to think about saving and investing for the future, perhaps there’s a home purchase, kids that might be involved, kid’s college, the expenses, and the list of expenses goes on and on. 

Sometimes, the emergency fund can take a back seat for a couple of reasons. Number one, it’s not very exciting, when you think about making progress on our debt, to become ultimately debt-free whether that’s by paying them off or forgiveness or saving for investing for the future.

Those are typically a little bit more exciting goals to be thinking about. Putting money away in a savings account that’s going to earn minimal but not too exciting amount of interest and it’s there if we need it but hopefully, you don’t, not super exciting, right?

This often may fall by the wayside but the purpose and the goal of that emergency fund is to protect the financial plan when, not if, but when an emergency happens, and work from a position of financial strength with the rest of the plan, right? 

[0:16:57.2] This could be a short-term job loss, gap of employment, this could be a health emergency, an emergency with the home, the list of things that could be involved here obviously go on and speaking from personal situations, something will come up at some point, probably not too distant in the futures that is going to require you to tap into this emergency fund.

Generally speaking, our target here is three to six months’ worth of essential expenses. Not to say three to six months’ worth of income but three to six months’ worth of our essential expense because there can be a place where we have too much in this emergency fund. Obviously, we want to be comfortable with that amount but too much means opportunity cost of dollars that could be used elsewhere in the plan.

Now, in terms of where to put it, generally speaking, we’re going to be looking at a long-term savings account, a money market account, somewhere that we can get to the money, it’s a liquid, it’s accessible, it’s running a little bit of interest more than you’re going to see in a checking account, typically which is closer to zero. 

Maybe you’re going to getting 0.4, 0.5, 0.6 right now, not too exciting, we’re getting a little bit of interest but it’s a liquid, it’s accessible, this is not the place we’re trying to take a risk with our financial plan, right? We’re going to do that in the savings and investing for the future. 

[0:18:05.9] Now, one of the tips that I could share with folks is I think it’s incredibly helpful to get these dollars out of your checking account, right? This really gets to the intentionality of the financial planning.

If we have a bunch of money lumped into our checking account that is for our month-to-month expenses and then we say, “Yeah, I’ve got some of that, that’s earmarked also for an emergency fund,” get it out of the checking account, put it in a separate savings account. Number one, out of sight, out of mind. 

Number two, we’re really going to call that account an emergency fund and that’s going to show us our intentionality towards building that and protecting it and getting that out of our month-to-month checking account where we’re either doing our expenses or that we have tied to a credit card where those expenses are charged, so that’s number three. 

[0:18:44.0]: Number four is not protecting your income and this obviously gets to a whole laundry list of types of insurance we need to be thinking about including health, home, auto, renters, and so forth, professional liability. 

The two that I just wanted to touch on briefly here are term life and long-term disability, and one of the things I often share with pharmacists is “Hey if you are going to do the hard work to really figure out how we’re going to manage just a $170,000 student loan debt if you are going to do the hard work to build a nest egg and a retirement portfolio, we’ve also got to invest some time to make sure we’re playing defense so we are preventing the catastrophic from disrupting that progress in our financial plan. “

When it comes to insurance, the balance point here is we want to not be underinsured, right? We want to make sure we can protect the time but we also don’t want to be over-insured, which is something we often see folks might be in a position of a policy that has been sold to them that is not necessarily coverage that they need or that is in their best interest. 

When we are talking about term life insurance what we are talking about here is insurance that would be able to replace your income and what that income provides in the event that you were unexpectedly passed away, right? We’re big advocates of term life insurance. Other types of life insurance out there are whole life, permanent, value types of policies not to say that those don’t have a place anywhere but for the vast majority of folks that we talk with, a coverage with a term life insurance policy might be a 20 or 30-year term. 

A million, two million dollars, it really depends on your personal situation but that is going to allow for an affordable monthly payment that is a fixed monthly payment that is going to then allow us to free up dollars to be able to put towards other parts of the financial plan. 

[0:20:24.9] In terms of a term life insurance by definition, let’s say somebody buys a 30-year term policy for a million dollars and they’re 30 years old, they are going to pay a monthly or annual premium, depending on how the policy is set that is a fixed monthly payment over that policy length, so it will be a 30-year policy in this case. From 30 to 60 years old in that situation, they would pay a monthly or annual premium. 

Now, if they were to die unexpectedly at some point, so let’s say at the age of 50 that person passes away, well at that point their beneficiary would receive the money that’s known as the death benefit and that would be a tax-free policy that would be paid out to the beneficiary. Now, if they don’t die in that 30 year period, which is a good thing that’s the goal, a term life insurance policy, you’re paying those premiums on but you are not going to get those dollars back, right? 

If we get to 60, we’ve made it, we are still alive at that point, the policy ends and we are not going to recoup any of those dollars. We are really preventing things on the catastrophic side. We are not looking at this as an investment vehicle. Now, on the disability side, what we are talking about here is really trying to address a scenario where what if you are unable to work as a pharmacist because of a disability?

Car accident, chronic illness, whatever it may be, and obviously at that point, you are disabled and so you are unable to work, in that case, your expenses still live on but your income now here is in jeopardy. A long-term disability policy is the one that we’re often referring to here, again, monthly or annual premium, typically a percentage of your salary that you are going to purchase a policy for. 

It could be a five-year, 10-year, 20-year policy up to the age of 65 so it depends on the type of policy, lots of nuances here to think about and then if you were to become disabled, there is going to be known what’s an elimination period, which is the time period between when the disability happens and when your policy kicks in and you have to self-fund that period. It might be 30 to 180 days depending on the policy and then after that point, your monthly policy kicks in to help replace your income. 

[0:22:16.8] This is one of the areas we see pharmacists often overlooking and both with term and long-term disability, you may have some base coverage that is provided by your employer. It works a little bit different on the tax side of things of how that benefit is taxed or not taxed depending on where the policy lies and how the premiums are paid and really the question here is, what additional coverage might we need beyond what we have offered through our employer? 

If you go to yourfinancialpharmacist.com/insurance, we’ve got two additional resources pages on term life and long-term disability where you can learn more about those and see where that fits in with your financial plan. So that is number four, not protecting your income. 

[0:22:57.1] Number five is accepting that your income is fixed. Now, many pharmacists graduated in 2008. If you look at the average of pharmacists in 2008 versus what it is here in 2022, if you factor in inflation, not a whole lot has changed, right? Pharmacists tend to make a great income coming out of the gates but depending on the area of practice that they are in, that income may be relatively flat throughout their career. 

All the while our expenses are going up and we also see debt loads continue to creep up through that time period. One of the things we want to be thinking about here is how can we potentially maximize our income, right? This would be a benefit to both diversify your income, so I talk with many pharmacists that might let’s say, full-time at a community pharmacy pick up some PRN hours at a hospital pharmacy so they have their foot in the door at a couple of locations. 

Again, additional income but also to diversify, pharmacists that are working on side hustles and doing some medical writing or other businesses to generate additional revenue, also areas of interest. And so this could help us diversify but also can help us accelerate our financial goals, so lots to think about here and this really is very much an individualized decision and we’ve got a great resource available, 14 Extra Ways That Pharmacists Can Consider Making Additional Income. That is a blog that we have in the YFP blog, we’ll link to that in the show notes with this episode. 

[0:24:19.5] Number six is delaying retirement savings. Now, many of us have been told by parents, grandparents, perhaps multiple people that you need to be saving as early and often as you can, right? Time value of money, compound interest, as Albert Einstein said, it is the eighth wonder of the world and so what we’ve been told, what we’ve been taught is the longer we delay our savings, the harder it is going to be to catch up. 

I want to put some numbers to this because I think sometimes we hear that, were like, “Yeah, yeah, easier said than done. You don’t have $170,000 in student loan debt, you aren’t trying to purchase a home and doing all of these other financial goals at the same time” but the math here is really compelling. 

If we look at a pharmacist who is making about the average salary of a pharmacist that’s out there if we assume they are putting away about 15% of their income and they are getting an average annual rate of return on their portfolio around 6%. So if you look at the historical rate of return of the stock market around 10% net of inflation closer to 7% and so if they are putting away 15% of their income and they have a desired retirement age of 60, what we see is by putting away about 15% of their income each and every year, if they start at the age of 25, when they get to the age of 60, they’re going to have about 2.6 million dollars saved. 

Now, if they wait to the age of 30, that 2.6 turns into about 1.8. If they wait to the age of 35, that 2.6 that could have been if we started at 25 turns into 1.2 and if we wait to the age of 40, that 2.6 turns into $800,000. So that value, that advice is real, right? The earlier we invest and save, obviously we are going to have more time for that money to grow and to do its thing in terms of compound interest throughout many, many years.

Again, we’re just talking about one factor here in a vacuum as we talk about delaying retirement savings. We of course have to zoom out and consider this with other financial goals that we’re working on but ultimately, as we are able to do. We want to be focusing on starting as early as we possibly can. 

[0:26:17.9] Number seven here is prioritizing non-tax favored investment accounts. Now, we talked in episodes 72 through 75, we did a series on kind of an investing 101 series meant to be a crash course for those that are wanting to learn more about investing in terminology, some of the biases associated with investing, some of the information on fees, types of accounts, 401(k)s, IRAs, et cetera and so that is a great primer if you want to go back and listen to episode 72 through 75. 

What I am referring to here is investing potentially out of order. Now, this is certainly not investment advice, right? We don’t know anything about your personal situation but there is some low-hanging fruit from a tax advantage investing standpoint, right? When you think about 401(k), 403(b), employer-sponsored retirement accounts especially when we think about employer match, free money, right? We have all been told that before. 

If we keep working down there, we think about things like health savings accounts, triple tax benefits. We have talked about that on the show before, Roth IRA accounts. Again, another account where we might be putting dollars in that have already been taxed but they’re going to grow tax-free, we pull them out without a future tax burden, so if we are contributing to let’s say a brokerage account, whether it is through a tool like Robin Hood or Acorns or Betterment or whatever be the app or tool. But we are not yet taking advantage of some of those other things, the question we want to ask ourselves is, are we investing in a way that’s going to allow us to maximize our tax savings, right? 

Are we investing in appropriate priority? There certainly is I think a place and a role for a brokerage or taxable account but let’s be thinking about the order in which we are doing that relative to employer retirement accounts, IRAs, HSAs, and so forth. 

[0:28:02.1] Number eight here is tax filing without tax planning and strategy. Now, we’ve been hitting on this in the show in the last three to six months, shout out to the team at YFP Taxes doing a great job servicing the clients of YFP planning as well as some new clients here in 2022 and what I am referring to here is someone who is doing tax preparation but is not thinking more strategically on the tax planning side. 

So, if we look at a pharmacist on average, if they are making an average income working 40 years or so, and if we adjust up that salary for inflation of pharmacists throughout their career as going to earn about $9 million in their career. But only about six million of that depending on their tax situation is going to hit their bank account, so that delta of $3 million is what we want to be thinking about to pay our fair share, right? But we want to optimize how we can be able to use dollars elsewhere if we can allocate those towards a financial plan. 

Tax preparation, that’s what we are all doing, we’re required to do it, right? If we don’t file our taxes by April 15, the IRS is going to be coming knocking on our door unless we file for an extension. Tax preparation is historical. It is looking backward, so it limits the impact that we can truly have on our tax liability because things have been done at that point in time, so it is mechanical, we have to file, it’s looking back. 

Where tax planning is more of the forward-focus strategic part of integrating the tax plan with the financial plan. Here is where we can avoid common issues in advance, right? We can look at how we can adjust withholdings, do some projections, how can we optimize our savings accounts, how might we look at our savings and philanthropic contributions to be able to optimize those as well. 

Lots of things to consider, there’s optimization strategies around long term savings accounts HSAs, 529s, we know there is tax saving strategies with PSLF, lots of child-related optimization strategies, child care credits, dependent care FSAs, maximizing charitable contributions, you know really the list goes on, right? If we are able to do more of that planning and strategy work and look ahead, then we’re obviously able to take advantage of those, so that when we do the filing, we know we have optimized the situation throughout the year. 

I would reference folks to episode 233, where our director of tax, Paul Eikenberg and I talked about some tax moves to consider from an optimization standpoint and we’ll link to that in the show notes. 

[0:30:27.2] Number nine here is saving for kids college out of order. Guilty as charged, right? I found myself in this trap and as I reflect on that, I think about, “Well, why was that the case?” right? I knew about tax advantage, retirement vehicles, I knew that I have been given the advice over and over again that you can borrow for college, you can borrow for your kid’s college, but you can’t borrow for your retirement, so why was I not focused on the correct order of that? 

The more I thought about that, was that it was my reaction to my own journey of not wanting to see my kids incur a couple hundred thousand dollars of student loan debt, right? I think for many pharmacists, that may be the same thing where they are going through their own journey, they are living through that, obviously, the pain of it may be right in front of them right now. And therefore, they might be looking at saving in a 529 account with good intentions, but are we doing that in the right order, right? 

This is a great example of where we don’t want to look at one part of the financial plan and the silo because if we just answer the question, saving for kid’s college in a 529, is that a good financial move? Sure, there is tax benefits in doing that especially if we look at the potential growth over 10, 15, or 20 years. If we zoom out and look at what else we’re doing to financial plan that may or may not be the move to make at that time. 

We talked on episode 211, the ins and outs of the 529 college savings plans and we’ll link to that in the show notes for more information. 

[0:31:51.5] Finally number 10, hiring a planner that does not have your best interest in mind. Now full disclaimer of the bias of the planning services that are offered by YFP Planning, we wholeheartedly believe in fee-only financial planning and we’ll talk about that here in the moment. Obviously, I have a bias towards the services that the team at YFP planning offers, so we need to keep that in mind as we talk about this tenth point. 

Now, we talked on episodes 15, 16, and 17 way back when we did a three-part series on working with a planner, what to look for, questions to ask and we also talked about why fee-only financial planning matters. When you think about working with a financial planner here, is the term financial planner or adviser in it itself does not necessarily mean something that we can hang our hat on, right? 

We, in the pharmacy world, we’re used to the PharmD board certifications and residencies. We know exactly what those credentials mean and there is a relative amount of consistency in those credentials, so that when someone says, “I completed a PGY-1 residency.” We know what that means. 

When it comes to financial planning, financial advisors, wealth managers, wealth advisers, there are a wide variety in terms of education, training, and experience. And what those services look like that will inform and help inform whether or not those may be a good fit for you. So we need to be looking at, what is the educational background of these individuals, what is the credential, how are these individuals regulated? 

We firmly believe in the certified financial planner credential, we’ve got five CFPs on the YFP planning team. The CFP is certainly not a credential that is required to do financial planning but very robust in terms of the requirements of the educational portion of the CFP or rigorous examination to pass as well as an experiential component that we would think of as like appys in terms of pharmacy education. 

[0:33:42.7] Other things to consider here, I have mentioned the term fee-only, so fee-only by definition is that you are paying the planner and the planning team for the advice that they are giving, so they are not getting paid by recommending products such as insurance or investments where they’d be on a commission, and obviously a potential bias on that recommendation. And then we also really encourage folks to look at whether we are or are not the solution that is the best fit, someone who really offers comprehensive financial planning. 

The reason that’s important is that historically, the industry has focused a lot on investments and insurance, you know, think of folks that might be a little bit further along in their career, they have a substantial amount of assets to manage. And so, often there may be a minimum of assets to work with a firm, but when it comes to other things that might be of significance like student loan debt, like some of the early insurance discussions. 

Like, “Hey, I am thinking about starting a business or a side hustle” or “I’m looking at purchasing a home or investing in real estate” or “What about the estate plan?” or “What about the tax part of the financial plan?” Making sure the adviser regardless of the stage that you are in of your career, making sure the adviser and the advising team has the expertise and the experience to be able to serve you and the needs that you have for your financial plan. 

When it comes to working with YFP Planning, we’re really proud of the work that the planning team does. I mentioned five CFPs, shoutout to our lead planners, Robert Lopez and Kelly Reddy-Heffner who lead those two teams, working with Robert is Kim CFP and Savannah, working with Kelly is Christina, CFP, and Sarah. And then we also have a tax team that supports the financial planning. 

We are currently working with about 250 households and over 40 states all across the country, very robust in terms of the comprehensive nature of the plan. For folks that are interested in learning more about that service and what it would look like in terms of working one-on-one with a YFP certified financial planner, you can visit, yfpplanning.com, and you can book a free discovery call with Justin Woods, also a pharmacist who is our director of business development.

[0:35:40.8] Well, that’s 10 common financial mistakes that we see pharmacists making. I really appreciate you joining me on this week’s episode and we’ll see you here again next week. 

[END OF DISCUSSION]

[0:35:48.4] TU: Before we wrap up today’s episode of Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast, I want to again thank our sponsor, The American Pharmacist Association. APHA is every pharmacist’s ally advocating on your behalf for better working conditions, fair PBM practices and more opportunities for pharmacists to provide care. 

Make sure to join a bolder APHA to gain premier access to financial educational resources and to receive discounts on YFP products and services. You can join APHA at a 25% discount by visiting pharmacist.com/join and using the coupon code, “YFP”. Again, that’s pharmacist.com/join and using the coupon code “YFP”.

[DISCLAIMER]

[0:36:28.5] TU: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and it is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information of the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. 

Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog post and podcast is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analysis expressed herein are solely those of your financial pharmacist unless otherwise noted and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward looking statements, which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. 

Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END] 

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

[wptb id="15454" not found ]

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 229: How This Pharmacy Professor’s Debt Free Journey Ignited His Passion to Teach Others


How This Pharmacy Professor’s Debt Free Journey Ignited His Passion to Teach Others

On this episode, sponsored by GoodRx, Bhavik Shah talks about his debt-free journey, his early missteps, and how he used his experience to further the financial literacy education of other pharmacists.

About Today’s Guest

Bhavik Shah earned his doctorate of pharmacy from Rutgers University and completed post-graduate training in pharmacy practice and infectious diseases at Thomas Jefferson University Hospital in Philadelphia, PA. He is an associate professor at the Jefferson College of Pharmacy and co-director of the Pharmacology thread in the JeffMD curriculum at Sidney Kimmel Medical College at Thomas Jefferson University. He is an active member of ASHP and ACCP. Within ASHP, he has served as vice-chair and chair of the Year-Round Educational Steering Committee for 2019-2021, where he was able to promote including personal finance education through podcasts with the New Practitioners Forum and Clinical Leadership section advisory groups.

Bhavik is passionate about teaching personal finance to students and colleagues. He has created a personal finance elective at JCP.

Episode Summary

Today, we host pharmacist and educator Bhavik Shah for a candid conversation about his journey of becoming debt-free and the financial missteps he took early in his journey that you can avoid. Fresh out of pharmacy school, Bhavik knew he wanted to pay off his student debt, but he did not have a plan. Bhavik shares the story of how he paid off a hefty student loan of over $80,000 in just six years and shares his advice to develop a plan for student loan debt payment along with a plan for making the most of your income. Bhavik also shares why he believes it is critical to take advantage of Roth payments and how he was motivated by the idea of being his own financial steward. Listeners will learn why Bhavik believes it is essential to get a grasp on the basics of financial literacy before hiring a professional (tax, insurance, or otherwise), and what drove him to create his course on financial literacy, including the reality that student debt creates a barrier to entry for many pharmacists to pursue post-graduate education. He believes that this problem could be solved by including a financial literacy piece in the PharmD program. Listeners will be introduced to several great resources that have enriched Bhavik’s financial understanding and more!

Key Points From This Episode

  • An introduction to today’s guest, Bhavik Shah.
  • Bhavik’s academic background and why he chose a career in pharmacy and teaching.
  • The money scripts Bhavik was raised with and how they impacted his mindset.
  • How he graduated with $80,000 of student debt and paid it off in just six years.
  • Why he considers it a mistake not to have taken advantage of Roth contributions to get tax-free growth.
  • What Bhavik means by emphasizing being your own steward, and what motivated this.
  • How he learned the importance of understanding the basics before hiring a professional.
  • Financial education and literacy and why it is important.
  • What motivated Bhavik to create his course on financial literacy.
  • Bhavik’s thoughts on whether a personal finance piece should be included in the PharmD program.
  • Resources he has found helpful, including the White Coat Investor and the Money Guy.
  • How student debt deters people from pursuing postgraduate education.
  • The role of financial education in preventing this barrier.

Highlights

“The core, the concepts of living below your means, saving, understanding the value of money, those experiences stuck with me. It made it a lot easier as an adult to approach my own finances with that mindset.” — Bhavik Shah [0:05:02]

“Another mistake I made was not taking advantage of Roth contributions, especially as a student or as a resident, being in that lower-income bracket and having not much time on your side to get that tax-free growth. That is something I wish I had done more of or at all.” — Bhavik Shah [0:14:02]

“There is a taboo centered around talking about money and so I realized people are making the same mistakes and so we need to learn from one another so that is really what drove me to create this course.” — Bhavik Shah [0:23:24]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRODUCTION]

[0:00:00.4] TU: Hey everybody, Tim Ulbrick here and thank you for listening to The YFP Podcast, where each week, we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom.

This week I had a chance to sit down with Bhavik Shah, an associate professor of pharmacy practice at Jefferson College of Pharmacy. I had an opportunity to meet Bhavik a few weeks prior to recording and really appreciated his passion and his enthusiasm for personal finance. On this week’s show, we talk about Bhavik’s journey to becoming debt-free from student loans and why he felt like that was just the beginning of his overall financial journey. We also talk about some of his early missteps and how that helped shape his current mindset and approach.

We talk about why and how he has taken the experience from his own journey to further the education of other pharmacists through podcasts that he’s done with ASHP new practitioner’s forum, as well as by creating and offering a personal finance elective at Jefferson College of Pharmacy.

Before we hear from today’s sponsor, and then jump into the show, I recognize that many listeners may not be aware of what the team at YFP Planning does in working one-on-one with more than 240 households in 40 plus states. YFP Planning offers fee only, high-touch financial planning that is customized for the pharmacy professional. If you’re interested in learning more about how working one-on-one with a certified financial planner may help you achieve your financial goals, you can book a free discovery call at yfpplanning.com.

Whether or not YFP Planning’s financial planning services are a good fit for you, know that we appreciate your support of this podcast and our mission to help pharmacists achieve financial freedom. Okay, let’s hear from today’s sponsor, GoodRx, and then we’ll jump into my interview with Bhavik.

[SPONSOR MESSAGE]

[0:01:44.7] TU: It’s American pharmacist month and to honor the occasion, GoodRx has created the Above and Beyond Pharmacy Awards. These awards recognize pharmacy professionals that go the extra mile, every single day to improve the health of their patients and communities and we need you, the pharmacy community, to nominate your incredible colleagues.

Pharmacists, technicians, residents, and interns that show true leadership, compassion, pride and dedication. Pharmacy professionals are on the frontlines, working every day to transform their communities. The time has come to show them some appreciation. Nominations are open now through November 19, 2021, and recipients will receive education credits and more.

Go to GoodRx.com/pharmacy-awards to nominate someone today. Now, again, that’s GoodRx.com/pharmacy-awards.

[INTERVIEW]

[0:02:36.5] TU: Bhavik, welcome to the show.

[0:02:37.5] BS: Thanks for having me, Tim.

[0:02:39.8] TU: Looking forward to this interview. You and I had a chance to connect a few weeks ago, and we’re going to get to where that connection came from and some of the work that you’re doing in personal finance education and your passion for this topic. I really left that conversation feeling inspired and empowered in my own journey, based on the intentionality, I really heard of how you have approached your financial position and I think that information is going to be really helpful for our community.

Let’s start with your background and work in pharmacy, what drew you to the profession, where did you go to school and then what type of work are you doing now?

[0:03:14.0] BS: Absolutely. I went to pharmacy school at Rutgers University, I did the zero to six program and what drew me to pharmacy is because I knew I wanted to do something in healthcare. And I was sort of deciding between medicine and pharmacy, and I had family pursuit pharmacy and you know, the more I learned about it, it seemed it fit my strengths and my personality. So that’s what drew me to Rutgers and I did my residency training at Thomas Jefferson University and pharmacy practice as well as in infectious disease and I’ve been a faculty member here since 2010.

I have a student of four, hospital medicine rotation, and teach in a number of courses as well as in the medical school too.

[0:04:02.7] TU: Very good, we’re going to come back later about some of the work that you’re doing at Jefferson around personal finance education but I first want to talk about your own journey and your own story. And Bhavik, one theme I’ve noticed on this show, through interviewing other pharmacists, that I have also seen in my own journey, is their relevance of the money scripts that we carry with us.

What I mean by that is the said and unsaid things from our upbringing that impact the way we view money today. Tell us about your money scripts and how they impacted your own journey when it comes to your financial plan?

[0:04:40.4] BS: That’s a great question. My relationship with money started with my parents. They immigrated from India with nothing and they sort of built a life here. They had the means to provide for my brother and I, but it was never to the point where it was abundant, where we could talk about investing or anything but the basics, the core, the concepts of living below your means, saving, understanding the value of money, those experiences stuck with me. It made it a lot easier as an adult to approach my own finances with that mindset.

I really am appreciative of that upbringing, even though I didn’t necessarily have the rarer thoughts and know all the finer things about investing or anything like that. I think that came later but that relationship with money, I think was really key in understanding what it brings and what it doesn’t bring.

[0:05:36.7] TU: I like Bhavik that you used the word relationship with money because I think that is something that is healthy for us to think about is, what is the relationship we have with money? Whether that’s a healthy or an unhealthy relationship, where might that come from? Where do the perceptions and values and beliefs that we have come from in money, and obviously knowing that that very well and likely, is connected to the behavior and how we’re approaching our financial plan today.

Bhavik, as you know today’s graduate is facing on average, about $170,000 in student loan debt. Now, that is much different than what our peers were facing back in 2008 when both you and I completed our PharmD training. Tell us about your debt position after graduating and through residency and not only the position that you’re in debt-wise but also tell me about your mindset at the time around paying off that debt.

[0:06:29.4] BS: When I graduated, my expenses for college were all financed by student loans. My parents, coming from a working-class background, they didn’t have the means to provide for us and that was fine so I knew that sort of going in.

I graduated with about $80,000 of debt back in 2008. I was fortunate enough to go to a state school, I was fortunate enough to be in a zero to six program so that definitely helped mitigate some of the amount of debt that I graduated with.

When I graduated, I didn’t know, you and I know repaying debt, especially student loans, there’s so many different options and terms and it’s very dizzying and I made mistakes along the way. And when I went to residency, I put my loans into forbearance, which looking back that was not the right thing because I was confusing the terms forbearance and deferment.

As I sort of started learning more about things, my relationship with my loans was I wanted to pay them off as quickly as possible so I was – I was a resident for two years, I was moonlighting, picking up extra shifts. And once I became a faculty member, I was working, you know, having them sort of being accustomed to working every other weekend as a resident, I carried that forward so I was picking up shifts at the hospital.

I was able to pay off my student loans in six years instead of a standard 10-year plan. A part of that way that we were able to do that, it was dad’s idea actually. He suggested that we payoff, at the time interest rates on student loans was more high, they’re still high. At the time, he had access to a home equity line of credit. That was very low, that was right after the economy crashed in ‘08.

He had access to cheaper money and so he said, “How about we take a home equity line of credit” we pay off the loans and then I paid my parents back. I looked into that and I didn’t know what a home equity line of credit was back then, I didn’t understand these things but my dad was looking out for me and I really appreciated that because he was able to get a 2% home equity line of credit at the time or two out of 3%.

I was sitting at six and a half percent so I was saving money, he said, “You know, why pay the interest to the government when you could just pay it, keep it within the house?” I was just paying him interest to – he didn’t make any money off of me but he did get a tax deduction out of it so I guess he came out ahead a little bit but it really set me up for success and so I really appreciated that offer. Obviously, they trusted me to pay them back.

[0:09:19.9] TU: Yeah, there’s got to be obviously, trust in that relationship. That strategy, if I heard you correctly was, you’ve got federal loans and I remember, Bhavik, I had fixed interest rate loans 6.8% is the number I remember in my mind in 2008. Some are a little bit lower but many of them were at about that rate and so obviously, home equity line of credit that your father is able to help with lower. You mentioned two to 3% so obviously that difference between six, six and a half two and three percent is significant intra savings, even when you’re talking about a relatively short period of time, which that being six years.

Did you, Bhavik – when I graduated in ‘08 and I think there’s a lot more information that’s out there today. I’m finding that I’m having conversations with graduates today that already have an understanding of unsubsidized versus subsidized and public service loan forgiveness, and refinancing and income-driven repayment. I didn’t know what any of that was.

Did you feel like, at the time, you had an understanding of the nuances and options, and would you agree that it seems like a lot of that information has come a long way here in the last decade since we graduated or I guess, a little more than a decade.

[0:10:28.3] BS: Yeah, absolutely. I think back at the time, I didn’t know anything. I just knew I had to pay it back, I know that the standard 10 year plan was a default and that was, it’s sort of the mindset that I went in. I didn’t know there were other options at the time. I think student public service loan forgiveness was new and so in looking back, I certainly didn’t qualify for it because I was a previous borrower predating 2007.

I won’t have qualified but I didn’t know that at the time. I just knew I had to pay this off and so that’s why I was just motivated to pay it off as quickly as possible. So I was paying extra principle payments to my dad, turns out but I was able to pay everything off in six years. That was like a huge sense of relief.

[0:11:18.2] TU: Yeah, that’s great. One of the things you shared with me when we talked a couple of weeks back is, this resonates with me as I think back to our own journey. Once the loans are paid off, you kind of wondered, “Well, now what?” right? Had you thought much about that post debt payment journey and tell us a little hit about that transition from making big, aggressive, large on monthly payments to no longer, they’re gone, right?

[0:11:43.8] BS: Yeah, actually and that’s where my sort of personal finance journey started was after paying off my student loans, I was like, “Now, what?” and so at the time, I was dating my now wife, girlfriend at the time, I just transitioned my monthly student loan payment and I was just saving cash because I knew, engagement ring, and I’m Indian and when we do weddings, it’s sort of a big affair.

I knew that I want to pay for that and I didn’t want my parents to go into any debt for that. I transitioned towards those expenses, saving for those expenses and so that sort of – once those were done, then it was like, “Okay, now what? Where do I go?” I started learning more about where else to save and invest our funds.

[0:12:34.6] TU: We graduated in 2008, I guess we could call ourselves kind of that maybe second part of the career, right? That mid-career, we’re no longer new practitioners, we’re beyond that or there’s perhaps some evolution of the financial plan, the debt’s paid off, other goals that you’re working on and towards.

And so my question here is, Bhavik, you now sit in this vantage point of, “Okay, I’ve been through this journey, I paid off the debt, I’m now in more of that wealth building, next phase of the financial plan.” What advice would you give to the students that are listening to the new practitioners who are listening or even think about your former self as they are on the front end of this journey, and perhaps feeling overwhelmed by the magnitude of not only the debt but also other priorities of which you’re trying to work on?

[0:13:19.8] BS: Absolutely. I think for me, the challenge that I had was I didn’t have a plan. I had a general sort of vague approach to things but it wasn’t necessary purposeful. And so having a dedicated plan for your student loans is something that I would tell myself. I, looking back, I did what I wanted to do but then, was I optimizing every single dollar. I left money on the table because I wasn’t taking advantage of 403(b) matching at my employer.

I mean, I wasn’t spending the money, which is I guess good, I was still building net worth by putting it towards student loans, but finding ways to get the most utility out of your money was a real mistake I made. Another mistake I made was you know, not taking advantage of Roth contributions especially as a student or as a resident, being in that lower-income bracket, and having not much time on your side to get that tax-free growth. That is something I wish I had done more of or at all.

That’s what I tell students is just there’s a lot of information out there and so going back to your question earlier, which I realized I didn’t answer, because back then, there was not enough information out there, the new programs are really new. Now, there’s a lot of resources out there, just a matter of finding it. You have that, other websites have it blogged. Knowing that and I encourage my students, third year, fourth year, to start thinking about this and that way, in my elective, that when you graduate, you know what you’re going to do. Whether you’re going to pursue this line, what IDR is best for you or not, or if you’re going to refinance, which lenders you’re going to look into, that sort of thing so having a plan.

[0:15:02.7] TU: Absolutely, we talk about it all the time, right? The intentionality of the plan and even if that debt number doesn’t change tomorrow or next month or next year in a very significant way, the power of knowing you’ve evaluated your options and you have a plan, going forward that considers, not only student loans but also other parts of the financial plan, knowing that student loan debt is certainly going to be a big part of the puzzle for many folks that are out there.

When you and I talked several weeks ago, one thing that you said that really stood out to me was your desire to be your own steward, and how much of a motivation that was for you on your quest towards learning more about personal finance, and then applying the things that you’re learning in your own plan and on your journey. What did you mean by that in terms of the importance of being your own steward and what led to that motivation?

[0:15:52.9] BS: I think the biggest experience that I had was, after I had paid off my student loans, you know, we paid for the engagement ring and wedding, I mean those life events that are happening in your 20s and 30s you know, it was sort of like, “Now, what?” My wife and I, when we got married, we had an accountant.

I asked for advice and how to minimize taxes and what more we could do. They offered it and so that sort of got me into thinking, “Okay, they encouraged, a backdoor Roth.” That’s not what they called it at the time but it’s called a none – it was more confusing. I wish they called it backdoor Roth because I Googled it that way. Then, that got me sort of thinking. At the same time, when I graduated as a resident, I was approached by what I thought was a financial advisor but it was really an insurance agent.

He was recommending term insurance, term life insurance and disability insurance which I know I wanted to get, but they were pushing whole life insurance, which at the time for me didn’t make sense. And I pushed back but they have a really good sales pitch and it’s very tempting, but I did not go down that road. But he did end up selling me a term life insurance, which was not what I wanted, but I didn’t know how to communicate that because I didn’t know what specific terms to look for or ask for.

What I was sold was a term 80 policy by one of the big companies in the business. The premium increases as you get older, what I really wanted was a level premium where it’s just a fixed amount per month, doesn’t increase with the face value for a certain period of time. That’s what I wanted but I didn’t use that jargon.

Similarly, he also sold me a disability insurance and he was saying it was like an own-occupation et cetera. Similarly, it didn’t have – it was not a level premium so the premium was escalating and in your 20s and 30s, it looked pretty cheap and I didn’t really look at it how much of a cost in my 40s, 50s, 60s. The own-occupation ended up not being really own-occupation.

[0:18:08.2] TU: Yeah, it’s confusing, yup.

[0:18:09.9] BS: It was only for the first year or two of a claim and then it goes back to any occupation. Again, at the time, I didn’t know what to ask for or what to watch out for. Between that experience and going back to the accountant, I started looking more into the backdoor Roth, and doing it in one of the resources that I stumbled across was White Coat Investor. I learned about what that was and how doing it – and once I executed it and I – the next tax year, I went to my accountant. I said, “This is what I did, my wife and I. Can you help us file 8606?”

He did it correctly for me but he did it incorrectly for my wife. Now had I not known what to look for I wouldn’t have credit and so the basis would have been off of my wife. So that’s why I was saying, you know, I was trusting a professional and the accountant and this insurance agent, with a lot letters behind his name that seemed like he knew what he was talking about, but it was still not what I wanted or wasn’t in my best interest. So that really solidified for me and my wife that we have to sort of take the time to at least understand the basics.

That way if we engage with professionals then we know we are getting what we want to get and if it is appropriate for us.

[0:19:35.5] TU: I think what you just shared there, Bhavik, is a lot of things that are so valuable. Because I would advocate, as you just mentioned whether folks engage with professionals, you talk about accountants, you talk about insurance sales, you talk about financial planners and certainly as you’ve highlighted, not all professionals are created equal. There is some homework that folks have to do to understand the different professionals or credentials, how folks are getting paid, what standards are held under.

Does it makes sense or they act in their best interest or not, and we’ve talked about several of those things on the show but regardless if you are working with a professional or not, I think this concept of being your own steward is so important. One of the philosophies that we have at YFP planning is very much that folks feel that they have the education of the information whether that’s debt repayment, whether that’s investing, whether that’s insurance, whether that is tax as well as they feel empowered in that be in a shared decision that is being made between them and the professional in this case, who would be a financial planner.

Again, even if you are entrusting a professional, to your comment that you just made, really having that understanding, that baseline knowledge to make sure that you feel comfortable and confident in the advice that is given and that also you feel good that it affirms what you’ve been learning on your own. Or that you are able to then engage in that conversation, hopefully have some good and at times perhaps some hard questions and we’ve got more information.

There is a couple of things that you mentioned there, Bhavik, that I sense folks probably might want to dig into a little bit deeper. You mentioned both life, term life and long-term disability insurance. We talked about those on episode 44 and 45 of the show respectively, we’ll link that at the show notes and then back to our Roth IRA, probably one of the most common questions we get, I’ve got a blog post, why most pharmacists should consider it.

Episode 96 on the podcast talks a little bit about what is it, what’s the process, executing back to Roth, some of that, we’ll link to both of those in the show notes. A great example that I think you gave in terms of the importance of being your own steward. I want to shift gears and talk for a bit about financial education, financial literacy is I know that this was in part how we crossed paths and something that we both very much show and have a passion for.

This is evident, Bhavik, in the work that you’re doing and teaching personal finance elective at Jefferson, also within ASHP, you’ve been able to promote personal finance education through podcast with a new practitioner’s form and the clinical leadership section advisory groups. And so one of the questions I want to start with here is, as it relates to the course that you are teaching at Jefferson, tell us more about that course.

How did it get started? What type of support have you had? Some of the general concepts and information that you are trying to teach within that course, is that something that we certainly don’t see at all colleges but I suspect many listening whether it’s a student or alumni, perhaps a faculty member might have an interest in seeing this being offered or something similar through own institution?

[0:22:33.0] BS: The course was a – it sort of was a multi-year process of how I sort of got there. As I spent a couple of years teaching myself about personal finance and then becoming comfortable educating others or pointing to others the right resources, so I first started off with doing a faculty development program or a session on it, and then I start incorporating it with my API students.

I would do topical, topic clinical topic discussions but I would devote Mondays for personal finance topics and I made it optional because I didn’t want anyone to feel uncomfortable. But you know, I was saving on this is Money Monday, we’re going to talk about anything that you want to talk about and so students took me up on that. That sort of showed me that there was a need for it, especially since we don’t really get taught in any and I didn’t have any sort of formal education on it.

There is a taboo centered around talking about money and so I realized people are making the same mistakes. And so we need to learn from one another, so that is really drove me to create this course. I looked at the literature to see what was done at pharmacy schools and there wasn’t a lot published. There were a few papers published, there is really one paper that’s published by Michelle Qui out of the University of Wisconsin.

[0:23:52.7] TU: Yeah, I think that was back in ‘13 or ‘14. It’s been a while too, right?

[0:23:57.0] BS: It’s been a while, yeah and so there wasn’t out there, and I looked at different colleges to see what they had on their websites, how many schools had it and so this was like an untapped – this was a need but it had an untapped potential. In creating this course, I really didn’t have too much direction of what was done. I just sort of created something about starting from the basics like banking, credit scores, debt, what does the interest mean and what does inflation mean.

Then we talked about like module on tax rates, and then we get into the weeds of the different retirement vehicles, student loans. And so you know, it is pretty comprehensive, estate planning and so it’s a one-credit course over 14 hours. Now, it is going to be a two-credit course because there was just so much volume there that the students wanted, and so I expanded it to two-credit hours and so the type of assignments that I give are, I hope, that was sort of practical.

There is a long internal assignment in the course where I want them to finish the course with their own financial plan and so we build that out throughout the course. Existing debt, so what is your repayment plan, what’s your plan for getting life insurance, disability insurance? What’s your plan for your student loans, saving for retirement? Every week we go through that, each of those topics.

For life insurance and disability insurance, I go through policy genius or whatever resource just getting an idea of this is a resource you could use to look at when you graduate and how much it might cost. We go through student loans and we go through the different tech leaders online, and the studenta.gov and we go through PSLF. And so then that way they can put it to paper of what they are thinking about now. And obviously they could change their plan when they graduate, but having that something to refer to it will I think hopefully give them a starting point.

Something that I know I certainly don’t have but having that sort of framework hopefully sets them up for success.

[0:26:08.8] TU: I love you started one credit, you’ve gotten to two credits. I suspect there is a lot of interest from the students as well and I felt that similar but we started with one-credit hour personal finance like in the northeast to have Murdoch University about six or seven years ago, one to two-credit hours and then at Ohio State, we built the three-credit hour online asynchronous course and you know there is a lot to cover.

I think that the students, certainly there is a desire for that information and just some really cool things that you can do obviously in early management systems and other things to customize that learning experience for the students. I love the work that you are doing at Jefferson at that, and I hope for other colleges that we’ll see more of that. Bhavik, I’m going to put you on the spot and I didn’t tell you I was going to ask you this question in advance.

I am honestly curious to hear your input on this and of course, noting that you might have a bias, you probably do have a bias because you are teaching a personal finance elective. I think we have an interesting opportunity in front of us with the ACPE accreditation standards that are set to come out the next version in 2025 I believe and there is currently a comment period through the end of 2021 for folks to give feedback on those standards.

I have often thought and again, biased of course that you know, personal finance education should be considered as a part of the PharmD required curriculum and I think for good reasons, there is perhaps some split opinion on this ranging from is something like personal finance really part of a PharmD large at a clinical pharmacy training program. And I think there is other professions we could point to, whether it’s veterinary medicine and their associations or even medicine in AAMC who have done some more work in this topic than perhaps we have done in pharmacy.

I sense there’s two camps or two thoughts out there of, like absolutely consider what’s going on with the debt loads and the trends like it is a part, or our obligation to make sure students have a baseline understanding of personal finance education. Then others that are perhaps of the mindset of like, great philosophically, great in theory, great idea. I buy into the importance of the topic but is this something that really should be a part of the required PharmD program. What are your thoughts on that?

[0:28:27.8] BS: I think that is a fascinating question and honest, you know, you mentioned the comment period. I already added my comment to that asking that this be considered being incorporated in the document. I didn’t direct them to make it required or elective but I think it should be considered and I think there is an opportunity for it now especially I think there is a well for it and I think it relates to the current standard for where they talk about personal and professional development.

I think there is definitely a fit into that, because a part of personal finance is you need to have that self-awareness that what your own goals are and what you want out of your own career and your own personal life. And money is a tool that helps you achieve that or not, depending on how you use money. And so that’s one of the things I have in my elective is a reflection paper and for students to sort of put down why are they doing what they’re doing with their financial plan.

They just start thinking about it. I think there is a goal for it and I think there is certainly a need for it, and I saw that in the APHA House of Delegates. There was a motion too for every school of pharmacy or college of pharmacy to have such a course either be offered, whether it be required or elective, but at least be offered and so I think the momentum is there. I can comment out on the medical students because I also have a role at the medical college at Jefferson.

[0:29:50.0] TU: Yeah.

[0:29:50.5] BS: Currently, there isn’t a course. There is some content that they are exposed to but it is not as structured or in a course format, so they, the students themselves, they did a curricular gap analysis last year and there’s a strong desire from the medical students to have this kind of content. And so I am hoping that with my hand in two pots, you know, I can sort of bridge that in and open it up the elective to both students. I think that would be great in professional opportunities.

[0:30:23.6] TU: Yeah and I think we have some examples, you know the course you are doing at Jefferson others that are teaching courses, I probably know of 10 or 12 colleges that have some really good momentum in this and similar to other areas. I think in professional education being one, where really pharmacy took a jump out of the gates even ahead of other professions, and you get started, and then it continues to evolve, right?

It continues to evolve over time and so I agree, I think there is momentum. I think the house of delegates you mentioned at APHA SP, the students really being behind this, and credit to what I’ve seen AVMA and AAMC do for their members in both veterinary medicine and medicine respectively in terms of resources they provide with their membership. I think we’ve got a real opportunity in pharmacy especially considering what we have seen in the trends in debt load as well as some of the other pressures that we have on our profession.

That I think the timing is right to be able to see some of these forward. Bhavik, in your journey, again as you are in kind of this next phase in your career, what resources have you found to be really helpful as you’ve navigated this topic of personal finance in the first 13 or 14 years of your career?

[0:31:35.0] BS: Yes, so there is a number of resources that I’ve sort of used and they all have a different role and what is good. But the ones that I sort of go through, and sort of subscribed to on a, I guess daily basis, so The White Coat Investor, I mentioned. He has a blog, a couple of really good books. His bootcamp, financial bootcamp book was really helpful because it sort of laid it out in a very algorithmic manner of like what you ought to do.

That helped me sort of make sure my disability insurance, life insurance was up to date and of adequate coverage. I like White Coat, after White Coat, I was looking at other resources that’s when I stumbled upon YFP and so that was really good. It was good to see there is something in the pharmacy space as well, and it was very helpful to see that it was the same message and so that sort of solidified what I was doing. I also like, I don’t know if you have ever heard of The Money Guy, it’s a YouTube channel.

[0:32:35.5] TU: No, I have not.

[0:32:36.5] BS: No? I really like them. It’s a podcast that’s done by, and they have a YouTube channel of two CPAs/CFPs. And the way they present content is very approachable, very digestible. It’s very beginner-friendly. The one thing that I like most that they have that’s for free is what they call the financial order of operations, and for me, that was something I wish I had ten years ago because I was just trying to think about paying off debt but I didn’t know what to do next with my next dollar.

The way they laid it out it optimizes every single dollar to meet your goals. And so from the tax standpoint, from a matching standpoint, paying off debt, all of those considerations. And so it’s very easy and approachable to do an action plan, so I found that to be helpful.

Another thing to consider about the need for personal finance education in pharmacy curriculum is that there is data out there that shows that students, their career choices after graduation are impacted by their perception and stress related to their student debt and not knowing how to handle it. There is data that shows that folks are less likely to pursue post-graduate training and enter the workforce directly because they want to pay off their loans.

I think the profession will be served best by having this so that students when they graduate, they know what to do and have a plan and that way, they’re making their career choices because that is what they want to do not because they feel like they have to and so I think that will probably help our graduates the most in our profession by incorporating it.

[0:35:05.5] TU: Bhavik, I appreciate the resources and the recommendations. We’re going to link to those in the show notes, you mentioned The White Coat Investor, The Money Guy, YFP, I appreciate the shout out and I suspect our community will find those resources helpful. Bhavik, thank you so much for taking time to come on the show, for reaching out and I really appreciate your willingness to share your story with the YFP community and also very much appreciate your passion for teaching personal finance to others, so thank you again.

[END OF INTERVIEW]

[0:35:33.6] TU: It’s American Pharmacist Month and to honor the occasion, GoodRx created the Above and Beyond Pharmacy Awards. These awards recognize pharmacy professionals that go the extra mile every single day to improve the health of their patients and communities and we need you, the pharmacy community to nominate your incredible colleagues, pharmacists, technicians, residents and interns that show true leadership, compassion, pride and dedication.

Pharmacy professionals are on the frontlines working every day to transform their communities. The time has come to show them some appreciation. Nominations are open now through November 19th, 2021 and recipients will receive education credits and more. Go to goodrx.com/pharmacy-awards to nominate someone today. Again, that is goodrx.com/pharmacy-awards.

[DISCLAIMER]

[0:36:24.2] TU: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and it is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information of the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment.

Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blogpost and podcast is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analysis expressed herein are solely those of your financial pharmacist unless otherwise noted and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward-looking statements, which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer.

Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

[wptb id="15454" not found ]

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 216: Common Credit Blunders to Avoid When Buying a Home


Common Credit Blunders to Avoid When Buying a Home

On this episode, sponsored by IBERIABANK/First Horizon, Tony Umholtz discusses common credit blunders when buying a home.

About Today’s Guest

Tony graduated Cum Laude from the University of South Florida with a B.S. in Finance from the Muma College of Business. He then went on to complete his MBA. While at USF, Tony was part of the inaugural football team in 1997. He earned both Academic and AP All-American Honors during his collegiate career. After college, Tony had the opportunity to sign contracts with several NFL teams including the Tennessee Titans, New York Giants, and the New England Patriots. Being active in the community is also important to Tony. He has served or serves as a board member for several charitable and non-profit organizations including board member for the Salvation Army, FCA Tampa Bay, and the USF National Alumni Association. Having orchestrated over $1.1 billion in lending volume during his career, Tony has consistently been ranked as one of the top mortgage loan officers in the industry by the Scotsman’s Guide, Mortgage Executive magazine, and Mortgage Originator magazine.

Summary

Tony Umholtz, a mortgage manager for IBERIABANK/First Horizon, discusses the impact of credit on purchasing a home and common credit blunders that he has encountered when working with pharmacists during the lending process for the pharmacists home loan product.

Tony explains how credit and your credit score can impact your home buying process. Your credit score can affect your interest rate for a home loan. He details how credit information is collected and how the three main credit bureaus, Experian, TransUnion, and Equifax, aggregate your FICO score. Tony lays out how the scores are calculated, with payment history making up 35% of the score, credit utilization making up 30%, length of history with 15%, and credit mix with 10%.

Some common blunders that Tony has seen when working with pharmacists include having no credit or limited credit history, maxing out a 0% interest rate credit card, and relying on third-party credit tools for an accurate FICO score. Tony further shares that clients may not be checking credit reports and correcting errors that may appear on those reports. During the home loan process, borrowers have also made the credit blunders of co-signing for a loan without fully knowing how it would impact their credit and applying for credit for large purchases like a car or furniture for the whole before the sale is final. The lender knows and can see those last-minute credit applications and changes, and those changes can impact your loan approval.

Mentioned on the Show

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich: Tony, welcome back to the show.

Tony Umholtz: Hey, Tim. It’s good to be here.

Tim Ulbrich: Excited to have you back on. And last time we had you on was Episode 204, where we talked about the current state of buying, selling, and refinancing a home. And we’re going to link to that episode in the show notes. But Tony, before we jump into the meat of today’s episode, give us the update from your perspective on what’s happening out there in the home buying market. Anything cooling off?

Tony Umholtz: Well, you know, it depends on what you mean by cooling off. It’s still — we’re still kind of dealing with a lot of the same challenges we’ve had this past year with inventory levels are still very, very low. But there’s still a lot of demand from home buyers. And you know, hopefully we’ll see some of that additional inventory come online soon. But with interest rates continuing to decline throughout the summer, there’s still a lot of demand for both new purchases and refinances.

Tim Ulbrich: I suspected as much as interest rates came back down. I know we saw a little bit of a jump up and have come back down since. So appreciate the perspective that you share on that. And so today’s episode, the idea for this episode came from a conversation Tony and I had back on Episode 191 where we talked about 10 common mortgage mistakes to avoid. And on that episode, one of those mistakes we talked about was credit. But we wanted to dig deeper, knowing that there’s a lot more to discuss and also to hear from Tony as he can share more about some of the experiences and what he sees folks making often in terms of credit mistakes that might have an impact on their lending situation and through the process. And so you know, these mistakes could lead to surprises, which surprises during the home process, home buying process, are certainly not good things. We want to avoid that. And that could be surprises in the form of a higher interest rate or surprise credit score. And again, we want to do everything that we can to avoid that and making sure that we’re ready and prepared going into the home buying and into the lending process. Tony, before we get into the common mistakes that you see folks making around credit when purchasing a home, let’s start with the mechanics. How does credit information get into one’s lending application? When does this happen? And how does a borrower get rated?

Tony Umholtz: Great question. And you know, there’s really three large repositories that aggregate all of our information as consumers. And that’s Equifax, Experian, and Transunion. So those are the three main bureaus that are out there that are gathering all the data on our credit histories. So for example, you know, any credit cards that we may have, even starting as young as 18 years old, you know, installment loans, car loans, anything — mortgage loans, student loans, all these types of creditors are evaluated by the three bureaus. So they aggregate all the data, our payment history, our performance, how long we’ve had credit, so those are essentially the three bureaus that are kind of watching us, so to speak.

Tim Ulbrich: And I want to dig in a little bit further about the impact one’s credit score can have on their application, ultimately the interest rate in terms of they’re able to access. So before we look at the numbers, remind us the components of one’s credit score, Tony. I’m specifically thinking here about the FICO score.

Tony Umholtz: Yes. So you know, typically when we look at the FICO score — and we’re starting to see a re-emergence of other scoring models, but the primary driver of our credit scores is going to be our payment history. So payment history is by far the biggest driver of our credit score. So meaning on time payments, not having a 30-day delinquency. And I want to just touch on this for a minute because it’s something that’s come up a lot over my career, my nearly 20 years in the business is let’s just say — we just had this incident with one of my borrowers this past week where they did not get a credit card statement. They were selling their house prior to buying the new home they were buying. And he missed a credit card statement that came to the home. And if it’s over 30 days late, you’re reported to the bureaus. So if it’s 15 days late, you’re not reported to the bureaus as a delinquency. But if it’s over 30 days, then it becomes late. So it’s — that’s a question that comes up a lot. And unfortunately, it’s something we had to navigate here at the last minute.

Tim Ulbrich: Oh man.

Tony Umholtz: But payment history is the biggest driver. The next would be credit utilization. And that primarily is going to be driven on revolving credit accounts. And what I mean by revolving credit accounts is going to be your credit cards that you might have or lines of credit. And those are essentially going to be evaluated based upon how much you have borrowed on that card. For example, I always advise people to try to stay at 50-70% of their credit limits. And what that means — so let’s say you had a $10,000 credit limit on your credit card and you ran it up to $9,000 balance. Well, that’s going to report adversely to the creditors, credit bureaus. And remember, credit utilization is 30% weighting of your score. It’s a big weighting. But that’s the other really big driver of your credit history. Those two alone are like 65% of the weighting of what determines your credit. And then the next couple I would say, just to add in here, is length of credit history, you know, the longer you’ve had credit, good credit, the better that’s going to weigh on your score. That’s usually about a 15% driver. And then your credit mix is about a 10% driver. So the types of credit you have is very important too. You know, do you have experience with — you know, a lot of times, people will come in before they buy their first home and they have maybe a car loan, student loans, credit cards, but they haven’t had a mortgage yet. And a lot of times the mortgage will add more — a stronger credit mix. It would be viewed stronger because it’s a bigger installment loan. It’s a little tougher to get. And then the last driver of your score is inquiries. A lot of people will call me and say, “Tony, the inquiries really hurt my score, and I don’t want this to damage my score.” But they really have the least amount of impact on your score. If you go and have a tremendous amount of them at one time, that can hit your credit a little bit. But normally, a couple of inquiries isn’t going to have much of an impact.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and it sounds like, Tony, you mentioned several components here, but low hanging fruit, you mentioned payment history, so on-time payments, and then credit utilization, how much of that balance is used each month in terms of the revolving amount. Those two alone making up more than 60%. So you know, I think being in tune of if you’re looking to really optimize credit, I think of some tips here that folks may want to consider, specifically with payment history and on-time payments, something like automatic payments, right? Obviously we want to make sure we’ve got the funds to pay that money, you know, in the account that that’s coming from, but the example you gave of someone not getting a mailed statement, hopefully folks can get electronic statements, you know, as a backup to help prevent that. But something like automatic payments can really help make sure that we don’t have something like that happen, especially if you’re in the midst of purchasing a property where the timing of that is less than ideal. I would also point folks here to an episode, 162. Tim Baker and I talked about Credit 101, and what Tony just mentioned there of the makeup of a FICO score was one part of that discussion. But we also talked about credit security, the importance of understanding your credit, how credit really is a thread across the financial plan, and so credit being a very important topic as it relates to the financial planning process. Tony, I’m someone listening today, and I feel like I’ve got a good idea of my credit score. And the question that comes to mind here is how significant of an impact can this have on securing the best rates and terms? And so you know, what I’m thinking of here is 30-year mortgage, maybe because of a higher or lower credit score, we’re looking at maybe a quarter of a percent. And maybe that doesn’t look as much of a big deal on paper as it actually can be mathematically, so tell me about what the impact of this might be.

Tony Umholtz: Well, the longer term the loan is, the more impactful your credit history — your credit scores are going to be. So it’s a good point, Tim, because you know, for example, if you have a 710 score versus a 740, you’re going to get probably about an eighth to a quarter better rate on a 30-year loan having over a 740. Typically on most of our mortgages, over 740 does not get much more benefit.

Tim Ulbrich: OK.

Tony Umholtz: So a 740 score versus an 800 score isn’t going to see a huge benefit. Some of the jumbo loans that get over $550,000 may see a little bit more of a benefit because they have some pricing matrices — the matrix will go up to 780 or higher. But where you really see the impact is like if you’re under 700, right, and you’re at 660 versus even a 700, talking about a large margin risk profile added to the loan, especially on a 30-year fixed. One thing I do want to mention that I think it’s important is the shorter the term, especially on a 15-year fixed, the more flexibility you have with the credit score. So I’ve even had some customers that have been under 700 and it really impacted their 30-year rate, but the 15-year rate stayed the same because the hits don’t really adjust to that until you get even lower because a lower term, you’re paying back the loan faster.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, that makes sense. And I would encourage folks, even though that may not seem significant, eighth of a percent, quarter of a percent, when you’re talking about Tony’s comment, a 30-year mortgage, $400,000 or $500,000 home, you know, that can start to add up in terms of obviously difference in monthly payment because of that interest as well as the difference in what you’re going to pay over the life of the loan. And here, we start to think about opportunity costs, right? Where else might that be used in other parts of the financial plan, whether it be investing, other debt repayment, and so forth. So now that we’ve talked about the makeup of the FICO and really understanding that score components and the impact that that might have, let’s talk about some of the common mistakes that you see, Tony, folks that make when they’re applying for really any loan but here, we’re going to talk about the pharmacist home loan a little bit more specifically. And the first one I have here is no or limited credit history. So we’ve been talking for the last five minutes or so about the importance that, you know, a higher credit score can have in getting more favorable rates and terms. So if someone’s listening and they have limited credit history or no credit history, what are the problems that can present themselves there? And what are some of the solutions that they can pursue?

Tony Umholtz: Well, it’s one of those things where especially if you’re young, it’s hard to come right in with very established credit. But I would suggest, I mean, just a couple points here. You know, one thing that — and I didn’t realize, and I’ll just take my own example. But I remember my first day, first month let’s just say, of my freshman year of college, there was a credit card company on campus where you could get a credit card, right? And being the finance major that I am, I was one of those guys that didn’t charge much but used it here and there. And it helped me with my credit history. And I’ve seen that. If you can get even a small credit card even in college, even if it’s got a couple hundred dollar limit, and you use it as a wise steward, right, you’re not out there running it up, I think that’s a great way to start building your credit. That really helped me because I had a solid credit score coming out of college. And I see that with other people too. Now, student loans being paid on time, that all helps as well because student loans will show up quickly too. I do have a situation now with a client that we’ve had to like rebuild their — they had no credit. They had zero credit history, right? So there’s no score. And that becomes a real challenge, especially — I mean, for example, the pharmacist home loan, we do — you don’t have to have a real in-depth credit history. You really can have a fairly young credit history, but you have to have a score. You know, we have to know what that score is. The only other option we have if you have no credit score that we have available is FHA where we essentially kind of have to build your credit history to some degree. But that’s kind of a rare thing these days. But that’s — every now and then, we run into that. I would just say to start building it early. Having some credit is not a bad thing. Just be responsible with it.

Tim Ulbrich: Tony, I’ve heard you say that before about for those that have no or limited credit history, the FHA is an option and building credit. Tell me more about what you mean by that.

Tony Umholtz: So when we say building credit, we essentially are using other types of forms — like for example, you might have paid auto insurance, right, or utility bills, or rent. We’re able to pull some of these other types of elements of payment history together to show responsibility and the ability to repay. So those are some of the things that we’ll actually use to build the credit history as well as we suggest to get a credit card or something to that effect to — depending on their timing and when they want to buy to start developing that so they can at least get a score. But having a score is pretty critical to get the best loans, you know. Really the only one that we have out there is FHA that will allow us to work without a credit score.

Tim Ulbrich: Got you. Another common mistake I’ve heard you mention is, you know, folks that might have purchased an appliance, piece of furniture, there’s several examples of this, on a 0% interest card and not realized the impact that that might have when they’re going through the lending process and purchasing a home. Tell us more about that.

Tony Umholtz: You know, this is another one, Tim, that I learned firsthand personally when I was young and lots of my — I’ve seen it many times over the years with my clients, but you know, I’ll give the example of buying furniture. Fortunately, I did this after I bought my home. I was 25 I think at the time. It was a long time ago. But essentially, I went into a furniture store, was able to buy all this furniture, and they said, “Hey, by the way, that $4,800 in furniture, we’ll give you a credit card where you don’t have to pay interest for over a year.” I said, “Well, that sounds great. Let’s do it.” And you won’t have to make payments for over a year. Well, unfortunately, how those credit cards work — and they’re in all sorts of retail goods. It’s not just furniture. There’s a lot of different promotions out there. It reports to the bureaus as a maxed-out credit card. So you know, a lot of electronics companies are the same way. They’ll offer this to you. And you’ve just got to beware because it’ll report to the bureaus as a maxed-out credit card. And as we discussed, 30% of our weighting of our credit score is based upon credit utilization. If we show a maxed-out credit card, that’s going to be a big hit to our score. And I see that a lot. It’s unfortunate. But it comes up a lot.

Tim Ulbrich: And you taught me that, Tony. I did not know that that was often viewed as a maxed-out credit card. So obviously what we just learned about FICO and utilization, that makes a whole lot of sense of the impact that that could have. So we talked about no or limited credit history, we talked about buying an appliance or piece of furniture or something like that on a 0% card. The other thing I’ve heard you mention several times — and I think we’re seeing more and more as folks are using more of these tools — would be relying on a third-party credit app or tool, whether it be something like CreditKarma, CreditSesame, when we’re relying on that for credit score information that may not match up necessarily with what you’re seeing on the lending side. Is that correct?

Tony Umholtz: That’s right, Tim. Yeah. That’s right. And I think this is an important topic because there’s a lot of variables out there. And I don’t want to say that these like a CreditKarma and some of the other apps and trackers aren’t legitimate and helpful. They certainly are. And they give you a good idea of the trend of your credit score and how you’re performing. The one thing I would caution everyone on, though, is it’s not typically indicative of what your score is to a creditor. Now, mortgage companies in particular, we run what’s called a tri-merge report, which is all three bureaus. So we’re going to see Equifax, Experian, and Transunion’s, each of them give us a score, provide us a score. And we take the median score. So mortgage lenders take the media score where — and the same thing would apply for like a commercial loan if you’re getting commercial loan for a building or something of substance. An auto company, if you’re buying a car, will often just pull one. So they may just pull Experian, right? Or Equifax. So you know, a lot of times there is a little bit of variability in our scores. And they can be different. Our Equifax score could be potentially be 750, our Experian could be 739, and our Transunion might be 730. Well in that case, you’re at 739, not over 740. And that’s where I see the mistake come up because a lot of these trackers will show you a score that’s a little higher than what we would see. And a lot of my customers send me — my clients will say, “Hey, here’s my report, here’s my credit score.” And it’s oftentimes a lot different than what we pull. But I think there’s a lot coming on scores over the next couple years. I think you’ll see different ways of risk assessment. It hasn’t hit us yet, but I think rental performance will come into play more too. It’s important to always pay our rents on time. You know, traditionally that didn’t always come up on reports. But I think there’s going to be some other elements that are going to potentially help us. And I think you’ll see that the medical collections take less weight on the reports. We’re already seeing that too, which is really a blessing for a lot of people that have had things happen.

Tim Ulbrich: Tony, I can see this playing out. You know, you gave a good example where somebody might be on that line, let’s say a 740, and they think because of what they see on CreditKarma or CreditSesame that they’re going to be above that and then come to find out that they’re not, and that obviously can have a surprise and be an impact on rates. And you know, I’m sure — it reminds me of the patient that might walk through the doors of the pharmacy and be upset with the pharmacist because of what they get through claims adjudication on the insurance side. And the pharmacist is often not deciding that price, but the reality is they’re the person that’s in front of the patient. And I suspect here, that can be much of the same where they may be surprised and take it out on you guys sometimes.

Tony Umholtz: It happens.

Tim Ulbrich: It happens, right?

Tony Umholtz: We’re the messenger.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. It’s an emotional process.

Tony Umholtz: It is. One thing that we find that’s been helping too is we have a tool as part of our platform here that can actually tell — we can see what credit — what the scoring potential for a client based upon activities they could do to their report such as paying down debt, consolidating a card or whatever it might be. So it actually — we are able to a lot of times add some value to help people get their scores a little higher. We’ve had a lot of success with that.

Tim Ulbrich: The next one I have here, Tony, is borrowers that may not be checking their credit reports and therefore identifying and correcting any errors that could lead to higher rates. And this one is really something that I find interesting. You know, I do an activity in a personal finance course that I teach where I have folks actually go out, pull their credit reports, analyze them, and then they write a reflection on kind of what they learned. And the trends I have found is that about 50% of the students No. 1, have never checked credit before, have never run a credit report. And then the number of folks that are surprised by what they find on that credit report. So any insights here, even any examples that come to mind of where this can be problematic, especially when you’re in the midst of trying to secure a loan and secure a loan at the best rate?

Tony Umholtz: I think it’s really important for everyone to take advantage of the free credit reports that are out there. You know, the annualcreditreport.com. You’re allowed to have one copy from each bureau per year. And I think that’s something that we all need to do. And the surprises I think are hey, I thought I canceled that credit card years ago, right? And sometimes having open credit — it doesn’t hurt you. But you may not want to have a whole bunch of things out there just from a fraud risk potential. But — and making sure that you’re not attached to things you don’t want to be attached to. You just — in this day and age, you never know, and especially if you get into partnerships and cosigning and things like that, you’ve got to be really careful about what you’re attached to and knowing what entities your credit, you’re attached to. That’s one thing I would just caution because I’ve seen some problems come up with cosigning and people not being aware that they did or applications from everything from student loans to auto loans to business loans. And then just there is a lot of fraud out there, you know? And I think that I’m on LifeLock. I’m not trying to promote anything, I just, I’ve put that on me and my wife’s accounts just so we know what’s going on, right, in case anything ever were to happen we’d be made aware. But certainly would encourage everyone to do that. And you know, I think just knowing what’s out there. I know when I did it one time, I had a credit card that I hadn’t used in like 6-7 years and it was still open, right? If you don’t use it, might want to close it.

Tim Ulbrich: And I’m glad you mentioned the cosigner because I do think that’s something that we hear and see often from the community, whether that’s student loans, whether that’s auto loans, whatever be the situation, obviously there’s a potential risk there of late payments, somebody may or may not be aware of that and the impact that that could have during the credit and obviously impact that could have on your credit and then the surprise that could present during the lending process. Tony, last one I want to talk about here before we wrap up by talking about the pharmacist home loan product is applying for credit before sale is final. And I think many of us who have gone through this process, we’ve gotten the advice of, do as little as you can in terms of new credit or inquiries or anything during this process. But give us some more details, not only why is this important but what is the time period that we should be thinking about this because I sense that there are listeners out there that might be buying a home and also be thinking about refinancing their loans, for example.

Tony Umholtz: Right. And this one is really important, guys, if you’re in process for a home loan because us lenders, we know what you’ve applied for during the process. We’re notified if you secure a new loan. So for example, one that comes up a lot is a new auto loan, a — furniture for the home. I’ve seen that quite a bit. And a lot of our clients are proactive and ask the question first. And we will look and see. If it’s something like hey, my car absolutely won’t work anymore, I need to get a new one, we’ll look and see, will that impact you. We’ll include that new payment into your numbers so it doesn’t affect your home closing. But normally, you want to try to postpone any activity, new credit, when you’re in the mortgage process until after you close just because there’s a lot of risk there, right? It’s a big transaction. You do not want to jeopardize it with new credit because we do know about it. We will know. We are notified if you open anything up. And that’s a really important point if you’re in the process. So I would just caution everyone to be very careful with that. And I will give the classic example. Before they tracked, this is going back probably 2005, I remember I went to this closing for a client of mine, and it was a fairly nice home. And he goes, “Hey, Tony, look at my new car I bought last week!” And the guy had bought a new Porsche, right? This is before we had the trackers. I’m like, don’t tell me this. Oh, don’t tell me that. But anyway, nowadays, we do know what activity has happened. And be very careful. And if you have to do something, just speak to your lender first before you officially apply for any other types of credit during the process.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and that’s where my mind was going, Tony, just knowing the examples that might come here, right? It could be credit, we talked about some of these already, furniture, appliances, student loans, auto loans. Like there’s a lot of things that could come up here, and I think just open communication with the lender if you have questions to make sure that you’re not doing anything that’s going to jeopardize obviously, again, the goal here being that we get the best loan at the best term, you know, and ultimately the best rate so that we can keep the cost of interest low throughout the life of the loan. So Tony, we’ve talked about the makeup of the FICO score, understanding what feeds into that score. We talked about the impact that that could have on someone’s rate and their ability to secure that competitive rate. We talked about some of the common mistakes that you see folks making around credit in the home buying. And I think this is a good connection to the pharmacist home loan product. And I know many of our community members are familiar with this from previous episodes, information we have on the website, but for folks that are hearing this for the first time, give us some more information about the pharmacist home loan, what is it, how it’s different from other options that are out there in terms of down payment, PMI, minimum credit scores, and so forth.

Tony Umholtz: Sure. I mean, again, just a great tool for pharmacists to purchase a home. And the main points of it is you’re able to buy a home — if you’re a first-time home buyer, you could put down as little as 3% and have no PMI. And if you’ve owned a home before, it’s 5% down with no PMI. And that’s significant savings not having the MI but also the interest rates tend to be better than I can offer with a 20% down normal conventional loan for someone else, which is quite a nice opportunity for people. And the minimum credit score is 700. So it doesn’t have like a super high credit threshold. And it’s flexible on reserves and things like that. You know, some programs have very strict reserve requirements, and this one has some flexibility there, has some flexibility on how we value student loans, and you don’t have to be — you know, one of the other things that a lot of doctor loan programs have out there is some of them have restrictions if you’ve been out of residency for 10 years, you can’t use the product. This one does not have those limitations. So it’s — it’s been a great tool for a lot of people. And we’re very pleased that we can offer it.

Tim Ulbrich: And we’ll put Tony’s contact information in the show notes for folks that want to reach out to Tony directly. Also, if you haven’t already done so, make sure to check out — we’ve got a great comprehensive post, very informational, that I think you’ll find helpful, “Five Steps to Getting a Home Loan.” And you can — in that blog post, which we’ll link to in the show notes — learn more about the pharmacist home loan product. We’ve got some calculators there as well. And that’s available at YourFinancialPharmacist.com/home-loan. Again, that’s “Five Steps to Getting a Home Loan” at YourFinancialPharmacist.com/home-loan. Tony, as always, appreciate your insights, your expertise in this area, and thank you for the time coming on the show.

Tony Umholtz: Hey, Tim, thanks for having me. It was great to be here.

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

[wptb id="15454" not found ]

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 208: Why Minimizing Fees On Your Investments Is So Important


Why Minimizing Fees On Your Investments Is So Important

Tim Baker digs into the f-word we want to minimize when it comes to our investments…FEES! When you do the hard work to save money, you should be interested in keeping as much of that investment intact by minimizing the fees that can take away from your long-term gains. Tim discusses various fees, the impact these fees can have on achieving your long-term savings goals, and strategies you can take to evaluate the fees related to your own investment plan.

Summary

Tim Baker discusses the many types of fees associated with your investments and their impact on your financial plan, including expense ratios, platform fees, trading fees, and advisor fees. He also breaks down the ABCs of mutual funds: A shares, B shares, and C shares and the types of fees each of these investments may include. Tim further details how these fees can impact your investments over time, affect growth, and impact your financial plan overall.

Tim discusses his experiences with clients, sharing that many do not know they are being charged various fees or do not understand the full impact the cost can be in the long term. While many fees may be challenging to uncover, Tim shares the importance of asking questions about fees, whether you are just getting started or are farther into your investment history. Investors should be asking what their fees are, why they are paying them, and the benefit – if any – they have on the investments.

Tim mentions that it’s okay to pay a fee for professional help but be wary when advisors are charging commission because there may be a conflict of interest. Tim also suggests you ask what you are getting for your fees across the board, with professional services as well as the investments themselves. Typically, the expense that you pay does not equate to increased benefits for the investor, so trimming those fees whenever and wherever possible may benefit the investor over time.

Mentioned on the Show

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich: Tim, back-to-back episodes. Good to have you on again.

Tim Baker: Yeah, good to be back. I’m excited for this episode. I think it’s going to be hopefully valuable for those that are listening.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, I think so. And we talked last week about common financial errors or mistakes, some that we’ve made, some we’ve seen other pharmacist clients, colleagues, make. And today, we’re talking about one that was not on that list of common mistakes we discussed last episode but certainly can have a major impact on how much wealth you’re able to build. And we’re going to talk really big numbers at the impact that fees can have, fees on the investments is going to be the focus of today’s discussion and hopefully shedding some light on a topic that maybe folks have heard about but haven’t really thought about and evaluated for their own investing plan. So Tim, one of the things I share when I talk on the topic of investing is that if you’re going to do all of the hard work to save money each and every month, take advantage of compound interest and the time value of money, then we want to do everything we can to maintain as much of the pie as possible. And I often think that there’s really three big things that can eat at our investment pie: that’s taxes — and we’ve talked about that on several episodes on the show of things that we can do from the tax-advantaged investing standpoint — inflation — obviously can be out of control to some degree — and then the third is the one we’re going to be talking about today, which is fees. And something I’ve heard you say before is that you need to follow the “Three F Rule” of 401k management. And that’s Figure out the Fees First. So that’s what we’re going to be digging into today, and that’s even beyond just the 401k when we talk about fees. So Tim, before we get too far into the weeds about this discussion of fees, let’s back up a bit as some may be thinking, fees on my investments? What fees on my investments? So talk to us a little bit about the common fees that are out there when it comes to one’s individual investment portfolio.

Tim Baker: Yeah, if I could even back up further, Tim, I would even say like the importance of this — like it shouldn’t be understated. And I think that, you know, when we — kind of like when I talk about baby stepping the financial plan, we look at things like what does the emergency fund look like, what does the consumer debt look like.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah.

Tim Baker: When we dive in particular into the investment part of the financial plan, one of the first things I look at is fees. And you know, outside of the asset allocation, which the asset allocation being like how do I divvy up in a broad sense between like stocks versus bonds and you can actually get more granular than that, outside of the asset allocations, the fees probably play one of the biggest roles in your ability to kind of build wealth over time and really the fees, just like you mentioned along with tax and inflation, is it can really be in a factor that erodes that ability to build wealth. So it’s super important. And you know, when I look at the fees, one of the problems in the industry is that the industry is not super transparent with regard to what the investor pays. A lot of these can be wrapped up in products that are sold to investors or not necessarily appropriately disclosed on a statement. So you’re really up against it when you’re trying to figure out, OK, what exactly am I paying? And the fact that it can be a little bit opaque in that regard is frustrating. I think that’s one of the things that we work with our clients is to show them, ‘Hey, did you know that you’re paying this in your 401k?’ And most people are like, ‘I had no idea.’ Then the question is, ‘Is that good or bad?’ And I’m like, ‘Well, it’s typically higher than what we see,’ or something along those lines. So to me, the name in the game is really trying to understand — to answer the question, what are the things that you could be charged? And then like what is that exactly for your particular case? So if we look at the things that we typically see, if we look at the 401k first, you know, the things that are typically in the 401k are things like platform fees. So this might be where Fidelity or Schwab or someone might charge you a fee just to really have an account with them. And that’s less common in a 401k. You typically see them more in brokerage accounts, more in IRAs. When I was in the broker dealer world, we would charge — the custodian would charge clients just to have an account open. And a lot of this is in also response to like lower entrance environments. You know, they’re trying to make money where they can. And sometimes these additional line item fees are created. Things like trading fees and transaction fees. So this is like anytime that you buy and sell, again, typically you don’t see these inside of a 401k, but you do see these outside, like a brokerage account, an IRA, you know, if you buy stock ABC, sometimes you’ll be charged anywhere from $7 to $50 a trade. Now, these have kind of become less and less common as a lot of the custodians want to be competitive and they’ll waive fees and things like that.

Tim Ulbrich: Race to 0 here, right?

Tim Baker: Exactly.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah.

Tim Baker: Yep. The other thing that you would see are things like advisor fees. So these can be both within inside and outside of a 401k. So these are things like, ‘Hey, I work with an advisor, and they charge me a flat 1% on the investments that they’re managing.’ It could also come in the form of commissions, and that’s a whole other ball of wax in terms of how an A share, a B share, a C share mutual fund, you typically don’t see commissions inside of a 401k, but you do see — sometimes you see C share, which are commissions, inside of a 401k. But you typically see those more in brokerage accounts, IRAs, and such that. And then probably the last one that basically permeates just about every investment is expense ratio. So the expense ratio is the money that the fund takes to kind of run the fund. So if I’m a mutual fund manager, Tim, and I’m in charge of a large cap mutual fund, you know, I’m managing billions of dollars, so I’m pulling a bunch of investors’ money together to buy large cap stocks and the like. Then I need to pay myself, I need to pay for the fancy office on Wall Street, I need to be able to pay for information. I might even need to pay sales people to go out and market my fund. So those all are basically captured in an expense ratio. So the expense ratio basically, you know, takes money out of that fund and it’s shared, that expense is shared, with the rest of the investors that are invested in it. So those are typically the broad strokes. You also see other ones I would say outside — and these kind of can get wrapped up into platform fees — but you’ll see like administrative or like bookkeeping fees in a 401k. And this could be like record keeping and all of the laws that are surrounding 401k plans and 403b’s. These can be pretty prohibitive. Sometimes they’re a flat fee, sometimes they’re a percentage. But these are kind of just administrative fees that, again, that are not listed on a — they’re not listed on a statement anywhere. It’s just part of the plan and what the plan takes to make sure it runs within the laws of the United States.

Tim Ulbrich: Tim, when I hear you say, you know — and obviously it depends on the account, you mentioned some of these may be more applicable to like an IRA, brokerage, others across the board, but several different types of fees you mentioned, right? Platform fees, advisor fees, trading fees, sometimes commission fees, expense ratios perhaps is the one that folks may be most aware of. My follow-up question is transparency and understanding of these fees. So those are two very different things to me. You know? Even if something is transparent, how it’s disclosed or how somebody may be informed of it or how easy it is to find that information obviously can lead to whether or not they may have an understanding of it. So in your experience working with clients and really more specifically our clients at YFP Planning, is this something that you find folks are surprised by? And how transparent and accessible is this information to either the individual or you as the advisor trying to work with them?

Tim Baker: Yeah, Tim, so I think it is a surprise. And what I typically try to do to kind of make it a little bit more real is put it in real dollar sense. So you know, one of the things that when we talk to pharmacy schools and we’re trying to like drive home the point that this isn’t Monopoly money, that when you graduate, you’re like at with the average student loan debt that graduates are coming out with, it’s a $2,000 payment for 10 years. And when most people think about it in that terms, you’re like, ‘Oh, OK, that becomes more real.’ So I try to do the same thing with the fees. So yeah, like when we go over this, I think at first, it’s like, ‘Oh, OK, well that doesn’t sound that bad.’ You know, so like I’m looking at this independent pharmacist, their 401k, and typically the smaller the employer, the worse the 401k is or the most more expensive it is per each participant. So like this particular pharmacist, their all-in when they look at the administrative fees and the average investment fees, it’s about 1.27%. So you’re like, ‘Wow, that doesn’t sound too bad, 1.27%.’ But if you have $100,000 in that 401k, that’s $1,270 per year that the 401k and the funds inside of the 401k basically absorbs. So with this particular client, they have $250,000 in that, so that’s a lot more. It’s a lot more money. It’s more than double that every year. And again, it’s not like it’s a line item on the statement anywhere. It’s what the 401k takes to run and the investments take to basically run the funds that they’re in. So what we really try to do is, again, look at it — and we have tools that can assess that information. But even to do it yourself — and I’ve tried to do this even outside of the tools that we use — it’s hard to find. You have to find basically the plan. Every year, they have to file what’s called a Form 5500 with the IRS that basically outlines how much money is in the fund and what are the assets, what are the liabilities, if there’s any loans, what are the admin expenses. And a lot of those are just a dollar amount that’s populated in there. So like sometimes you might see like, ‘Oh, my administrative fee is 1.2%.’ And then the next time we log into our tool, it’s 1.4% just because there’s new data that’s been filed with the IRS. So it’s a little bit of a moving target as well. And I think the — you know, I think I read a stat somewhere that the average 401k all-in expense is about like 1.68%.

Tim Ulbrich: That’s wild.

Tim Baker: So — yeah. And again, when I look at our 401k that we’ve set up at YFP, I think it’s less than .2%. I think the fees have changed a little bit for ours, but I think when you look at the expense ratio and everything, it’s less than .2%. So it’s a factor of 8. So if I’m paying $1,000 — and again, that’s a pretty large 401k with that, then I don’t want to pay $8,000 a year. So those are some of the things that most people when they say, ‘Oh, like 1.2% is not bad,’ but then when we actually put in dollars — and then if we compound that year over year, it really adds up. So to me, the fees are so important. And I think another discussion to have is like OK, but like are the fees worth it?

Tim Ulbrich: That’s right. Yep.

Tim Baker: And I would say in a lot of the cases, no. I mean, with some of these fees, you have to pay the fees to be able to like have the fund run and things like that. But in a lot of cases, if you’re paying 10x the amount in terms of an expense ratio, you’re not getting 10x the performance or it’s not 10x safer for the same amount of performance. So every type of fee is going to be different in why you would pay this versus that, but in most cases, the name of the game is to kind of shave that down as much as you can to really the investments unadulterated so it can grow and really allow you to build wealth over 10, 20, 30 years, whatever the time horizon is.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and I think one of the things, Tim, I’ve heard you say often is that our job, your job, and the planning team’s job, one of the roles is to really try to keep as much of that contribution intact as possible and allow the compound growth to do its thing, right? So really minimize the fees that are coming out of that. And I think that’s so important. You know, again, back to my earlier comment, if you’re already doing the hard work, right, to put away whatever percentage of your income each and every month towards long-term savings, then why do we want to give up anything in terms of the fees? And that example you gave is really powerful, that independent pharmacist who’s got $250,000 in that account with a 1.27%, which is, as you mentioned, is lower than the average 401k. You know, that’s a little over $3,000 this year. But as that account continues to grow and compound, that $250,000 is eventually going to turn into likely $300,000 and $400,000 and $500,000 and so on. And that fee obviously will continue to go up over time. So let me ask the big and nebulous question. Like yeah, maybe a 10x fee isn’t worth or justified that you’re going to have that value, but is there a place where the fees are justified? You know, such that whatever would be the net return inclusive of fees makes the fees worth it? And how do you evaluate that decision?

Tim Baker: Yeah, I mean, I think with — so it’s going to sound a little self-serving, but I think if you’re paying an advisor, a fiduciary, a fee-only advisor, and you’re paying them say whatever percentage out of your investments to be able to do financial planning or investment management or what we do, which is very comprehensive with the tax work and really a lot of different components there, I think that the return that you get far exceeds what you pay. The idea is that our focus is on more of wealth building, not necessarily just the investments and everything else but it kind of is beyond that. When I think of the — if you take things like expense ratio as an example, I’m looking at a client who — you know, and that same client that was at 1.27%, I think when we first started working with them, it was close to 2% because there are things that you can control and there are things that you can’t control with regard to the 401k. So things that you can’t really control are things like administrative, record keeping fees. Like that’s just — you know, I always talk about with the investments in a 401k, that’s the sandbox. Like those are the toys that you can play with. There’s only 10, 20 mutual funds in there. And it’s the same thing, like with some of the fees, you can’t really effect change unless you’re small enough that you can, you work for an independent pharmacy, you can say, “Hey, boss, this 401k is pretty terrible. Can we replace it?” For bigger organizations, that’s a harder thing to go about. So you’re kind of stuck with those fees. But things that you can control somewhat are things like the expense ratio. So this particular client’s, her average investment fees are .06%. So that’s her expense ratio. But when we started, it was closer to .8%. So again, a $100,000 portfolio, just for this part of the portfolio, she’s paying $60 per year whereas before she’s paying over $800. So the reason that we did that — or how we got there is that the funds that she was in, she was selecting a lot of the funds that she heard of like American funds or I think there was like a Morgan Stanley here and JP Morgan. And these funds are more expensive as in comparison. So I’m in this particular portfolio, and I’m looking at the mid-cap fund that she was in, it’s called a Touchstone mid cap, and the ticker is TMPIX. That costs .9%. So if I had $100,000 just in this, I would be paying $900 per year. What we replaced that with was an iShares fund that basically is .05%. So .9% versus .05%. So $50 on $100,000 or $900. So like those are things that you can control. And for the most part, there’s going to be differences, especially as you get to mid and small and international funds. Like there will be some differences in performance and some differences here and there, but for the most part, you know, like if I look at those same funds and I have the data that says over the course of a year, the mid cap iShares that we put her in is up 56%. The one that was more expensive is up 33%. You know, five years, it’s pretty close, 17% with the one that we put her in, 16%. So the performance, these are things you have to look at: since inception, 10% versus 9% for that. So like there are things that you have to look at, but typically the expense that you pay is not worth it. And for things like large cap, when you click into those and you say, ‘OK, what am I actually invested in?’ So like what are the underlying funds, it’s the same stuff, Tim. It’s things like that we know about. It’s Apple, it’s Microsoft, it’s Amazon, Facebook. It’s just that if you wrap it in a more expensive wrapper, you charge 5, 6, 10x just because it’s a known entity, even though Vanguard and iShares are pretty known, there is — like from a large cap fund, it should be very cheap because everyone is invested in the same stuff. So I don’t like paying high administrative fees. I don’t mind paying like a flat dollar amount, so like there’s sometimes you see like, oh, it’s $80. OK. That’s better than .8%. Expense ratio, I don’t like paying a high expense ratio. I don’t like when advisors charge commission. I just think that there’s a conflict of interest there. So these are typically outside of the 401k. So I think it’s OK to pay a fee for professional help, but it just depends on like what do you get for that? And you know, and all of the associated fees that come with that, what do you get for that? So if there are 401k’s that charge you .2% or less and then there’s some that charge you close to 2%, that’s a big range over the course of — and are you getting 12x more value there? And I typically say the answer is no.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, I think it’s just a really good reminder, you know, Tim, that No. 1, not all fees are created equal. Right? So really asking yourself, what may or may not be justified with this fee? And then you know, I think really evaluating and understanding what your current fee situation is and recognizing that some of that may not be in your control, to your point, that especially for those that work for a larger organization, unless you’ve got the ear of HR and can influence those decisions, that 401k plan is probably what it is in terms of some of those fees. But within the fee options, might you have some control when it comes to expense ratio and then obviously in other accounts, IRA and so forth, then you can leverage other options to reduce those fees. Tim, I suspect that many of our listeners, especially those that are listening today that have been saving for some time, might be investing in mutual funds through various institutions to be unnamed and are paying substantial fees and, as we’ve discussed, aren’t even aware of it. So I want to take a few minutes to just break down the A, B, Cs of mutual funds. And that’s A shares, B shares, and C shares. So can you quickly define the difference between A shares, B shares, and C shares and then talk to us a little bit about what is the fees or could be the fees associated with those types of shares?

Tim Baker: Yeah, so whenever you see A shares, B shares, C shares, what you typically — think commission. So that’s — it’s a sales commission for that intermediary, the intermediary being the financial advisor, that is selling you a product, i.e. a mutual fund, in exchange for a commission. And I’ve sold these in the past, so like I’m a big proponent of fee-only. I haven’t always been a fee-only advisor. I started in the industry in fee-based, which is often confused for fee-only. A lot of the fee-only people want advisors that are fee-based to identify as fee and commission. So when I was in this model, I thought, again, I thought we were great because we didn’t have to sell a proprietary product that was with one of the big financial institutions. We could basically sell whatever we wanted. But the reality is that you want to really work with someone that is not selling on commission, in my opinion, because I think there’s a conflict of interest there. So anytime that you have the sale of a product with advice, there’s a conflict. So when you hear or see A, B, C shares — and you can typically see this, you can see this on the statement, but it’s not necessarily as intuitive as you would want it. So like I’m looking at a statement from a very big institution that I know goes and markets to pharmacists, talks to pharmacy schools, but on the statement, I see the mutual funds that this particular pharmacist was in was a Washington Mutual Investors Fund, CL A. So CL A. So that’s Class A, which that’s an A share mutual fund. So what that means is that for an A share mutual fund, these are up front basically fees or commissions with lower expense ratios. So these are typically better for long-term investors. I would say they’re not necessarily good for anybody. But the idea, Tim, is that if this particular — say you opened up an IRA with me and I basically charged you an A share commission, this particular fund I think basically charges 5.75%. So $5,000 times 5.75%, that’s a $287 commission that goes straight to me. So basically, when I look at my statement the next time, my statement is going to be like $4,700. It’s going to be $300 short. A lot of advisors don’t necessarily like to sell those because it can be very, you know, abrupt for clients. The other way to basically sell these — and I’ve never sold a B share, and I’m not sure how prevalent they are, but a B share, it’s basically, it has high exit fees for when you sell and higher expense ratios. But they convert over to A shares over basically the course of many years. So the idea is that you don’t get that kind of abrupt fee, but if you hold the investment long enough, it basically converts into an A share. And I don’t have as much experience with these and I haven’t seen these much, even on statements. But the one that I do see fairly often is called a C share. So these have higher expense ratios than A shares and a small exit fee that’s typically waived after one year. So the idea is that in that same example, if you were to basically buy, put $5,000 into a C share mutual fund, you wouldn’t necessarily get hit with a big commission up front, but what’s basically on there is — and it’s kind of built into the total expense ratio — is 12b1 fees. So this is like a marketing fee. So as the advisor, I would be making say like 1% as long as you held that investment. So it’s more of a trailing commission that you pay versus an up front commission. And these could be very prohibitive to an investor. Lots of fees that you really don’t understand how you’re paying. And the advisor is basically getting paid that marketing or that service fee over the course of however long you’ve held that investment.

Tim Ulbrich: So Tim, let me ask the question that I suspect many of our listeners are thinking, that I’m thinking individually as you describe A shares, B shares, C shares on the heels of our discussion of today’s day and age where we can obviously have an option to reduce some of those fees, whether that be up front trading fees or even ongoing expense ratios. There’s other options that are out there. What is the role, if any, for these A shares, B shares, and C shares? Like are these ever in the best interest of a client? And I say that dramatically knowing it’s not a black-and-white answer, but why would I invest in an A share, B share, or C share?

Tim Baker: So in my experience in this world, you would charge a client — and this is going to be very true for many kind of new practitioners and pharmacists that are out there that are maybe seeking help and a lot of people that are listening to this. So the industry and really why I’m here sitting in this seat and why, Tim, we’re partners, it kind of is derived from the story or the way that the industry basically operates. So when I was in the fee and commission, the fee-based world, it was — and I started working with a lot of pharmacists — the going advice was — you know, and I remember, I actually remember, I have this pivotal memory where I was talking to my mentor and I think the pharmacist couple that I was working with, they had something like $300,000 in student loans. And I was like, ‘Hey, mentor, like what do you think that we should do with this client’s?’ And basically, the advice was, to me, to how to advise the client was to say, “Hey, just tell them the loans will figure themselves out. Either a snowball or something like that, focus on the highest interest first,” which is terrible advice, Tim, as we all know, that the student loans are going to be more nuanced. And then you know, because this client maybe had like $20,000 to invest, that’s not a lot of money. So like it was sell them insurance that they didn’t need, so whether that was life or disability insurance, and then invest their IRA or something like that and then just touch base with them every couple years until they have $50,000, $100,000, $250,000, and then you can actually ‘help’ them. The problem with this model, Tim, is that it’s not a planning issue. Like we work with clients that are in their 30s that there is a lot of need there to get their investments, their debt, their cash flowing budgeting, their insurance, their credit, their taxes, all humming and working in a unified fashion that we’re really trying to take the resources that the client has and apply them in a way that is a wealthy life to them. It’s not a planning issue. It’s a pricing issue. And unfortunately, the way that the industry is set up is that, hey, unless you have investments, I can’t really do anything for you. And it’s because somebody with $20,000, that’s $200 a year on a 1% AUM versus if someone had $200,000, 1%, that’s $2,000. So money talks, right? So that’s where A share and C share and those types of commissions come into play is like typically if it was less than $50,000 or typically less than $100,000, you would charge these commissions, especially the A share, because it was a higher upfront or a C share because it was more — I want to say it was more undetected, under the radar. And then you would couple that with a crappy insurance product or disability that they might not need. Or maybe they do need, but you’re still making commission on that. And that was a way for you to help the client and make a little bit of money, feed yourself at the same time. And I don’t want to — so I also don’t want to paint a picture, sometimes especially in the fee-only community, there is this picture that’s painted that like people that charge commissions are evil. They’re not. They’re not. It’s just the difference in model. And you know, I was early enough in my career that I recognized — in financial services — that I recognized that there was a better way, and that’s being fee-only and that’s not charging these commissions. So I was able to pivot away from that. It’s not that they’re evil, it’s just that I think the model or the system that they’re in doesn’t necessarily suit itself for a lot of clients. You know, typically — we talk about this with insurance — typically the better the insurance product is for the person that’s selling it, the worse it is for the person that’s basically buying it. So there is this kind of 0-sum, so to speak. So if you’re out there and you’re like, ‘Hmm, I’m listening to Tim and I’m going to look at my statement and see,’ if you see like A’s and C’s next to your mutual fund that says Class A or just I’m looking at one that says Investo Equity and Income Funds C, I know that that particular — at that particular time, he’s being charged kind of an ongoing trail that’s eating away. And again, if he’s being serviced for that, maybe that’s worth it. But in most cases, it’s not. I wouldn’t say that there’s ever — there’s never a time — but I would say, you know, again, there are advisors out there that will work with you in a fiduciary capacity and that should be divorced from the commissions that you would make from selling a product. So one of the things that, you know, kind of longer story longer, Tim, one of the things that I talk about, when I was in the broker-dealer world, the fee-based, fee and commission world, this is the story that I tell prospects and clients is you know, I would show up to the office and I would see on my counter, I’m like, ‘Oh, this mutual fund wholesaler is going to come a-knocking.’ And that wholesaler would show up to our office in a fancy suit, he would take basically the advisors in our office, which was me and my mentor, he would take us out to a fancy dinner or a fancy lunch, I should say, he would show us fancy glossies about why his funds were so — or her funds were so great. And then he would basically say, “Hey, when your client Tim Ulbrich, when he leaves his job or if he has money on the side and he wants to roll over that Fidelity 401k, like use our funds.” And —

Tim Ulbrich: Sounds like another industry I know, Tim.

Tim Baker: Yeah, it sounds like drug rep, right? And when I say that, most people are like, ‘Oh yeah.’ But here’s the difference, Tim. Like in the medical world, my understanding is that it’s illegal for physicians to get kickbacks from pharmaceutical companies because it taints their ability to prescribe medication without the strings attached, right?

Tim Ulbrich: Absolutely. Yep.

Tim Baker: But if we compare that to my industry, the financial services, not only is it legal, it’s prevalent. So like 95% of advisors out there operate in this manner. So like now, like no one takes me out to lunch, Tim. No one takes me out to lunch because I’m not incentivized to put someone in these mutual funds because I don’t make a commission from that. So what I’m incentivized to do is to put the client in the best situation across the board, but particularly for the investments we’re talking about where they’re paying the least amount for the most gain. So like, I would get through those lunches — again, they’re not all bad. You would learn something. But you kind of felt like you needed to take a shower because you kind of — you know, they gave you something. They gave you a nice lunch, so you’re kind of like, alright, well, if this client rolls it over, you kind of feel beholden to them. And I just hated that feeling. And by the way, if you’re putting those sales rep out in the field, that costs money.

Tim Ulbrich: That’s right.

Tim Baker: Who pays for that? The investor does. And that typically means that fund that you’re investing in is going to be more expensive. So I remember having this conversation, you know, and I was talking to this old wholesaler, this experienced, I should say, wholesaler, and I’m like — and I found the kind of story to really dig deeper, and I’m like, “So how can you guys justify charging 1.5% on your large cap when I could put the client in a Vanguard fund that’s .05%?” And he started talking about like, you know — and again, there was nothing about that when I was buying because it’s literally 10x more — like it’s so much more, and I just don’t think that you get that return. So I know a little bit — kind of on a tangent there — but to me, it’s one of these things that I think as a pharmacist, these are things that you probably aren’t looking at that over the course of years really have a compounding factor, either from a negative perspective or if you can remove those, it can be very positive. So it’s important to maybe dust off your statement and look at it and really understand what you’re paying.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and as we zoom out for a moment, Tim, to that point coming full circle here, don’t underestimate the long-term impact of these fees. You know, any one year, especially for those that are maybe getting started with investing and haven’t built up that large portfolio, you might look at 1%, 1.2%, 1.5% and say, ‘Eh, what’s the big deal?’ But if you look at 1.5%, as an example, versus .2% as another example and perhaps even an opportunity to get lower than that, over the long range of 30 or 35 years, that’s a big frickin’ deal.

Tim Baker: Yeah.

Tim Ulbrich: Big deal. And I wrote a blog post a couple years back that we’ll link to in the show notes really showing two side-by-side examples of somebody who’s investing over 35 years, another person same timeline, 1.5% average annual fee versus .2%, and it ends up being the difference of $1 million. And the title of that article is “Are You Making this $1 Million Mistake?” And you know, for some, maybe it’s larger. For others, maybe it’s a little bit smaller. But I think it’s so important that we uncover, understand, and begin to put a plan in place that can minimize these fees if possible wherever you have control of doing that. Tim, two perspectives I want to talk about as we wrap up this really important: And that’s first, from the perspective of, ‘Hey, I’m listening and I’m at the beginning of my investing journey. What can I do?’ And then somebody who’s listening that says, ‘You know what, I’m more in the wealth-building phase. I’ve been investing, maybe I’ve got a loose understanding of some of these fees but I’m not exactly sure. And what can I do and pivot now? And is it perhaps too late or not?’ So what would you say to those two individuals, one who’s just getting started, what tangible steps that I can take, and somebody who’s maybe a little bit later on in their journey and wondering is it too late and are there steps that I can take to help reconcile some of this issue around fees?

Tim Baker: Yeah, so I think for both of those buckets of people, I think it really goes back to what are your goals, right? So I think some people, they work with an advisor because they think that’s the right thing to do. And the advisor, you know, unfortunately sometimes it’s like every solution is the same. So everyone needs insurance and I need to make that commission. And that’s not true. I think it’s really understanding what your goals are, and that’s the first and foremost thing. And I think from there, if you’re at the beginning of the journey, I think it’s ask questions. You know, if I’m looking at my 401k statement, I want to understand why am I paying these fees? A lot of 401k’s, they have these managed solutions, and I’m like, well what do you get for that? And most of the time, it’s not a whole lot. Same thing like if you’re at the beginning and you maybe, you were contacted by an advisor in pharmacy school, chances are if you started working with them, a lot of those in mutual funds and IRAs and even — we just signed on a client that was sold this recently, and we’re like, it’s kind of a process of unwinding them. It’s really being cognizant of this and don’t sweep this under the rug. So like it’s definitely something that can compound over many, many years. So you want to get it right out of the gate. And it isn’t ever too late. So for the second, for the wealth-building phase, people that maybe have been working with an advisor for a long time or maybe their advisor is someone that’s been in the family, things have changed. So like even 10 years ago, what was offered in terms of high expenses and commissions and things like that, that day is thankfully dying with the advent of Vanguard and really trying to drive fees down and things like that. But I look at some of these well-known institutions that a lot of pharmacists work with, there’s just a better route. So like, you know, I’m looking at this particular statement, and the all-in for what this particular client was paying on commissions and everything like that was something like 1.75%.

Tim Ulbrich: Sheesh.

Tim Baker: You know? And if I compare that to like what we do, like if we were to move that into an IRA, it’s like .05%. And it almost sounds like fake. It sounds like it’s not real. But the reality is it’s like if you can get your money in a position where it’s unadulterated by those kind of hidden — and I could say they are kind of hidden because if you look at the statement and I search like “commission” or “fee,” it’s nonexistent. There might be like a fee disclaimer in the small print, but again, it’s not a line item that’s very obvious to the investor. So I would just say, like I would question, again, if you’re in a wealth-building stage, I would question what you’re currently in and if there’s a better way, just like we do with car insurance and things like that. There are opportunities out there to potentially be in a better position to again, really allow you to build money and grow wealth over time.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and Tim, I would wrap up here by telling our listeners and community, whether you’re at the beginning of this journey, whether you’re in that wealth-building phase, whether you’re somewhere in between, I think this obviously is such an important topic. And we would love to have the opportunity to talk with you to see if what we offer at YFP Planning is a good fit for you and your individual plan and situation. And folks can find more by going to YFPPlanning.com, they can schedule a free discovery call. And I’m going to toot our own horn for a minute, but I’m so proud of what we have built — Tim, really what you have built starting back in the days of Script Financial, which is a fee-only comprehensive financial planning model. And one of the things I so appreciate about that model is it’s fully transparent, the fees are the fees in terms of what we charge for our services, and the client is paying our financial planning team for the advice that they’re giving related to their financial plan as a whole. So you know, whether that means we’ve got to spend a boatload of time on the investments and the retirement side of the plan, whether that’s we need to spend some time on the tax side or the insurance side or the student loan side or the home buying side, whatever would be the aspect of the financial plan, by nature, because of how that client is transparently paying for the advice and the transparency of those fees, we can spend the time where we feel like it’s most needed for the client and their financial plan and ultimately is in their best interest. And so that’s a model that I’m really proud of that we offer to the YFP community and for folks that are looking for a financial planner or perhaps re-evaluating the relationship they have currently, head on over to YFPPlanning.com and you can schedule a free discovery call. Tim Baker, great stuff, as always. And appreciate your time and expertise here as it relates to the discussion of fees and looking forward to upcoming content we have for the second half of 2021.

Tim Baker: Yeah, thanks, Tim.

Tim Ulbrich: As always, a thank you to the listeners for joining us on this week’s episode. And as we wrap up this first half of 2021, we appreciate you listening but also would appreciate if you could leave us a rating and review on Apple podcasts, which ultimately helps other people find this show. Our mission is to help as many pharmacy professionals as we can on their path towards achieving financial freedom, and one way we can do that is by reaching more people with this show. So if you haven’t already done so, please do us that favor, leave us a rating and review and ultimately that will help others find the show in the future. Thanks for joining us and have a great rest of your week.

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

[wptb id="15454" not found ]

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 207: How to Avoid These 6 Common Financial Mistakes


How to Avoid These 6 Common Financial Mistakes

On this episode, sponsored by Insuring Income, YFP Co-founder and Director of Financial Planning, Tim Baker, discusses common financial errors ranging from those made with investing, insurance, credit, and more. Whether you are just getting started with your financial plan or looking for a tune-up, this episode will help you avoid the most common financial blunders so you can maximize your financial plan and achieve your financial goals.

Summary

Tim Baker and Tim Ulbrich discuss six common financial mistakes and how to avoid them. While financial mistakes may seem inevitable, Tim and Tim speak from their own experiences with financial errors and share ways to prevent these mistakes from impacting your financial plan and financial goals.

Common financial errors discussed in this episode include:

1. Not taking advantage of employer match

When you don’t take advantage of your employer’s match, you essentially turn down free money. Many people don’t take full advantage of employer matches because they are not auto-enrolled to do so. Getting the maximum amount out of your employer match increases your compound interest over time.

2. No budget or no financial plan

Without a budget or financial plan, it is increasingly difficult to reach your financial goals. The budget is not a one-size-fits-all and should custom fit your personal experience and what works for you.

3. No insurance or inadequate insurance

As a pharmacist with a spouse, house, and mouths to feed, you should be aware of your insurance needs and insured for an event that will require insurance ranging from life, disability, or professional liability insurance.

4. Failure to monitor your credit reports

Tim Baker recommends checking your credit reports twice a year – he pulls his reports with the changing of the clocks for daylight savings. With the increase in the digital nature of personal information, it is critical to monitor your credit for errors and identity theft.

5. Not investing or not having the right attitude when it comes to investing

Being risk-averse may impact your long-term financial plan. Building and maintaining an appropriate asset allocation that matches your goals, risk tolerance, and time horizon while avoiding impulse purchases or hunches is a more intelligent way to positive investment returns.

6. Not utilizing professional advice

Financial professionals know what they are doing, and hiring someone allows you to have more free time to do the things you want to do.

Mentioned on the Show

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich: Tim, welcome back to the show.

Tim Baker: Hey, Tim, thanks. Thanks for having me back. It’s been awhile.

Tim Ulbrich: What’s new and exciting from YFP Planning’s perspective?

Tim Baker: It feels like a lot, Tim. I feel like this year is full of change and we’re excited. A lot of things going on in the background. We’ve had our lead planners out in Columbus to do some planning. It was good to kind of meet up and now that people are getting vaccinated, to be able to meet up and do some planning and talk about our goals. And that was exciting to kind of show the new office, which people may or may not know that YFP has bought headquarters in Columbus. And we’re in the process of kind of renovating a little bit and getting that ready for us to move here in — move in here shortly. And that’s been exciting and having to deal with contractors, maybe not as exciting. I think the team has continued to expand. We finish up tax season here, which is always hair on fire, and we had a lot of good help to go through that. But we actually welcomed back a former team member, now current member again, Christina Slavonik, who worked with me a year or so ago and decided to kind of come back into the fold. And we’re super excited to have her as part of the team. And yeah, so lots of changes, but all good things I think.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, certainly excited to have Christina back, what that means for our team. Pumped up about the new office and it’s an open invitation to any of the community that’s in Columbus or finds their way traveling through Columbus, we’d love to host you and have a chance to meet up with you. Please reach out to us. And a shoutout, as you mentioned, Tim, to our tax team. I mean, over 250 returns that we filed this year, lots of wrenches that were thrown their way with extensions and delays in state extensions and legislative pieces that were being passed in the middle of tax season. And I thought they handled it well, and we’re ultimately able to serve the community, and we very much believe tax is an important part of the financial plan. So excited to see that continuing to grow. So today, we’re talking all about common financial errors. And you and I know that financial errors seem inevitable. We’re all human; we all make mistakes. And one of our goals with YFP is to help you, the YFP community, and certainly our clients as well, to avoid as many financial mistakes as possible. And certainly we have lots of resources that are here to help in this, whether it be this podcast, blog posts, checklists, calculators, and certainly our one-on-one comprehensive financial planning services as well. And just to be clear, this is not about shaming by any means. This is about learning and hopefully avoiding a repeat of making the same mistakes. So if you’ve already made some of these mistakes, certainly Tim and I have. We often talk about these between the two of us. We’ll that here again today. So if you’ve made some of these mistakes, certainly this is not about beating yourself up. Take what you’ve learned and certainly apply that information, and hopefully that can help with avoiding future mishaps or help you to spread the word and encourage and teach others along the way as well. So Tim, let’s get to it. We’re going to warm up with what many consider low-hanging fruit. No. 1 financial error/mistake I’m going to list here is not taking advantage of the employer match. So talk to us about the employer match and why not taking advantage of it is a significant financial error.

Tim Baker: Yeah, so I think this is where often we say, it’s free money. So not often do you ever come across a situation where there’s money to be had, you know, without anything in return. So I think in a lot of cases — and I know there’s some gurus out there that say like if you’re in debt, you shouldn’t even do this, and I would probably disagree with that. I think there are some exceptions if you have lots of high interest like credit card debt, consumer debt, then this might be a situation where you don’t want to get the match. But I would say for the most part, if your employer has a 401k or a 403b match or whatever that is, you want to make sure that you are taking full advantage of that. Most employers are going to have matches that are going to incentivize you to put anywhere between 2-6% to get the full match. There are some that are designed to push you a little bit further. But for the most part, if you’re in that sweet spot of putting in 2-6% of your income into a 401k to get a full match, I would say to do that. The reason that you want to do this is because if you can get that dollar, those dollars deferred and into that retirement account, this all goes back to the concept of time in the market versus time in the market. And really taking advantage of more compounding periods to take advantage of the compound interest. So if you’re out there and you have — you’re looking at your student debt or if you have sizable consumer debt and you’re like, man, I just feel like I put money in and it stays the same, that’s compounding interest kind of taking advantage of you. And what we want to do is flip the script a bit and get that to where your money is making money. So Albert Einstein has said, “Compound interest is the eighth wonder of the world. He who understands it, earns it. He who doesn’t, pays it.” So the idea here is that you can get your money to work in the investment world and keep it working and allow those dollars to make baby dollars and they make baby dollars. That’s the idea here. So it’s really about time in the market. We see this as less and less of an issue now that I think it was the Obama administration, you know, has really pushed 401k plans to have an auto-enroll feature. So based on studies on this, if we are the variable that gets in the way, meaning people, that we typically are going to go with whatever is the default. So if the default is not to enroll and you have to actually take steps to do that yourself, we’re not going to do that. If the default is that we’re already auto-enrolled, then that’s what we’re going to do. So a lot of these plans — and Tim, our plan has this — is that after a certain period of time, we auto-enroll participants and we say, “OK, we’re going to auto-enroll them at x%.” For ours right now and for — speaking of the YFP 401k — we auto-enroll at 3%. The maximum match is if they put 4% in. So they would just have to go in and make that determination that they would like to do that. So auto-enroll features on 401k’s have made this a little bit less of a common mistake, but they’re still there, nonetheless, and we still come across more than you would think of those that are not putting in at least to get to the company match. And just to kind of put a bow on this, think of this in this light: You know, if you’re a pharmacist and we use round numbers here — if you’re a pharmacist and you’re making $100,000 and your company offers you a 3% match, think of that — and you’re not taking advantage of that right now, think of this as like a 3% raise where you are making $103,000 because $3,000 of that is going into your company 401k. And it’s surprising, you know, I think if you — dependent on the 401k — and I know we’re going to talk about the fees in an upcoming episode — but dependent on the 401k, it’s surprising how quickly those types of accounts can grow if you are deferring dollars out of your paycheck so you’re hopefully not missing it too much, it invested in the right way, and it’s not being eaten away by fees. It’s surprising how quickly those accounts can grow. This is a big, big miss if you’re not necessarily taking advantage of a match.

Tim Ulbrich: Great stuff, Tim. And I think just to further highlight time value of money, and I think for those that are listening that are especially getting started on the employer contribution side and perhaps aren’t leaning into that match yet, there is some trust in the momentum in compound interest, right? You can run the calculations, see the numbers, but it does feel like early on that you’re putting money in and you’re not seeing that growth until obviously those funds get to a certain balance and then you start to see the momentum of the growth on the growth. But to take your example, Tim, of somebody making $100,000, 3% employer match, $3,000, I would encourage folks to also think about it’s not just that $3,000. It’s what would that $3,000 be worth in 25 or 30 years? Right? So you know, that $3,000, if that were to grow at let’s say 7% average annual rate of return over 25 years, that $3,000 in 25 years is worth more than $16,000. So time value of money is not just what does it mean in today’s dollars, but what would it also mean in the opportunity cost of not investing those dollars? So that’s No. 1, not taking advantage of the employer match. No. 2 is no budget, no financial plan. Harsh words, Tim Baker. What do you mean by that? And you know, budgeting, spending plan, whatever we want to call it, why is it so critical to the financial plan?

Tim Baker: And some people would disagree with this. But I guess some people, especially if they might lend credence to like, you know, if you’re starting out, if you’re a new practitioner, definitely budget. If you get to a certain inflection point, you don’t need to budget. I would disagree in a sense. If you think about this in terms of like if you think about your household and the salaries you make as like revenue, if you’re a household and you’re making $200,000-250,000 as a household and you equate that to like a business and a business making that revenue, businesses are going to have budgets, they’re going to have projections, they’re going to bucket money for certain — just like we do, Tim, at YFP. You know, we have ‘this is the amount of money we want to spend on marketing, and this is the amount of money that we want to spend here and there.’ Like that’s a budget. And I would say that if you treat your household as a company, like you’re going to earmark those for different purposes. So I think this is a way of how you go about and do that. So I think where budgeting kind of gets a bad rep is the $0-based budget where every dollar has a job and you basically assign a purpose for every dollar that kind of flows through the household. And for some people, that can be super arduous, that can be super over-the-top. But I don’t necessarily think it’s an exercise that doesn’t have merit or value. But I think typically as you go, you find the flavor of ice cream that works for you. So there’s lots of different types of budgets out there. You know, you have the $0-based. I’ve seen a line item budget, I’ve seen a pay yourself first budget. There’s a lot of different ways to go about it. I think at the end of the day, a budget goes back to what is the intention of the resources that you have.

Tim Ulbrich: Absolutely.

Tim Baker: And applying that to — and by intention, we typically mean like goals. So what are the goals that you have? What are you intentionally trying to achieve with the six figures of income that you’re earning? And how do we go about that? So the budget is typically the structure or the steps to go from ‘Hey, I want to travel,’ or ‘I want to be able to give back,’ or ‘I want to be able to take care of an aging parent.’ The budget is typically the mechanism that allows that to kind of come to be. So I would say that this is typically lockstep with the savings plan. Most financial planners, in my opinion, they’ll say, “OK, your savings plan is your emergency fund, and that’s it. So you need to have $20,000 in your emergency fund as an example or $30,000 in an emergency fund,” and then it stops there. I think it needs to go further. So I think your budget and how you’re spending needs to kind of be in sync with how you’re deliberately saving for different things that are basically on the docket for goals. So — and I wouldn’t even call this a step, Tim. It’s a process. I’m a big Sixers fan, trust the process. Hopefully JoJo is going to come back —

Tim Ulbrich: I was going to say…

Tim Baker: No, but it’s a process. And I think what people do and where they get hung up on budgeting is that it’s more about striving for improvement and not perfection.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, that’s right.

Tim Baker: We want everything to be balanced, we want everything to kind of line up. And in most cases, that’s not going to happen. So depending on the budget and what flavor that suits you best is going to really allow you to kind of figure out how it works. So to me, this is really about being more intentional with spending, being more intentional with kind of top-line revenue. So this is not just an effort in kind of an exercise in scarcity of like, hey, this is what the pie is. I want to challenge you to grow the pie. So to me, it’s looking at both sides of that equation and really striving for improvement of what you’re trying to accomplish and not perfection. So I think that if you can kind of wrap your arms around that and not be wed to one way of doing things, then I think you’re going to see improvement. So and there’s lots of different tools out there, technologies, Mint, YNAB, some people use good old-fashioned spreadsheets, some people use envelopes, like physical envelopes to do this. At the end of the day, you know, I think the question you should be asking is, am I intentional with how I’m spending? Am I intentional with how I’m bringing money into the household? And does this align with the goals that I have set out for myself. And if it doesn’t, then I think that’s where you kind of need a little bit of a gut check to make sure that you’re on track.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, intentionality really stands out there to me, Tim, whether someone’s listening and they’ve got a net worth of -$400,000 or a net worth of $4 million. The process may look different, the intensity of the month-to-month might look very different, but at the end of the day, like budgeting, whatever you want to call it, to your point about looking at it from the point of a business, it’s about what are the goals, what are we trying to achieve, and then what’s the plan to make sure that that’s a reality. And the buckets might look bigger or smaller, the process might look more or less intense. But it’s about being intentional with the goals and the plan. For those that are looking for a starting point, a template, a process, you can go to YourFinancialPharmacist.com/budget. We do have a spreadsheet that you can get started with, certainly not necessarily the ending point. You can implement technology tools and evolve it from there, but that can be a good starting point. So that’s No. 2, no budget, no financial plan. No. 3 is no or inadequate insurance. I’ve mentioned before, Tim, on this podcast that insurance I think is an often overlooked part of the financial plan for obvious reasons. Thinking about something like a death or a disability or a professional liability claim isn’t necessarily the most exciting thing to think about when it comes to financial planning, especially when we can think about things like investing or saving for the future or getting rid of that student loan debt. So tell us here about what you see as some of the common pitfalls around inadequate insurance coverage.

Tim Baker: I think what a lot of people default to, a lot of pharmacists default to, is that what their employer provides as part of their compensation package is the plan for their insurance. And it’s not. It’s typically — we view it as a benefit that should be taken into consideration as we’re building out an insurance plan for your financial plan. And we’re really talking about the protection here, so like what we talk about with our YFP planning clients is how are we helping them growing and protecting — so protecting being the operative word in this step — their income and growing and protecting their net worth while keeping their goals in mind? So protection here is what we’re talking about. And typically, you know, what we focus on is things like life, disability, and professional liability. So your employer might provide you different coverages based on the employer. And that’s going to mean different things to different people, depending on their life situation. But oftentimes with pharmacists, you need to take more action in this or you run the risk of exposing yourself to a loss that could potentially be catastrophic. So you know, health insurance — so I would say that the one thing that is a plan and not necessarily a perk is health insurance. So health insurance, you’re typically best to go with the group policy, although that could change in the future. That could change where the way that employer compensation packages are designed in our country is that if the government isn’t providing that, it’s health insurance the employer does. That could change in the future, and we’ve seen that with things like pensions and 401k’s where pensions have gone away and they’ve been more robust, and a lot of it put the onus back on the employee for saving for retirement. So that could change in the future. But if we break down the insurance piece, a big miss is if we say not having adequate insurance is knowing what to have, knowing what you think that you need from particularly a life and disability insurance policy. You know, I typically say with regard to life insurance — and another piece of the protection of the financial plan is estate insurance — is that typically when you have a spouse, a house, and mouths to feed, those are typically going to be the opportunities to make sure that you are protected from a life insurance perspective and from an estate planning perspective. So more often than not, pharmacists are going to need a lot more of a benefit than what their employer can provide. So that’s typically where you want to go out into the individual policy world and make sure that you are fully protected. That’s one of the problems in the financial services industry too is like we come across a lot of pharmacists, Tim, that they might be 27 or 28 and they’ve been sold a crappy insurance policy, life insurance policy, that they don’t need, right? Because they don’t have a mortgage, they don’t have other dependents relying on them, their loans are going to be forgiven upon death or disability, so it’s just a policy that they probably don’t need right now. So it’s kind of like you have a hammer and you see a nail and it was a good cookie-cutter solution for everyone. One of the mistakes here is not understanding the need. So like we’ll have clients that will come in that will have young kids and things like insurance are not even brought up. And I look at that and I’m like, that’s a big risk. Like the student loans are important, and you’re talking about real estate investing and some other things, but like we probably need to address this first. So — and it’s typical, right? We don’t want to — we typically think that it’s not going to happen to us, a premature death or disability. So it’s very natural. So that’s part of the planner’s job is to kind of bring that to the forefront and make the proper recommendations. The other thing we’ve been talking about is disability insurance. So these are typically more likely to happen and typically more expensive because you typically have medical bills that are going to pile up as a result of a disability. So having the proper insurance there, whether that is through your employer or your own policy or buying a supplemental policy to kind of make you not whole but make you to — indemnify you to a certain threshold that you feel like you can continue the household, that’s a big thing. And a lot of these policies, the way that they’re written don’t provide a lot of protection. So it’s really looking at does it make sense to add a policy for yourself? So the idea here is that the sooner, the better. Whether it’s life, disability, the younger that you can get these policies in place, typically the better from a cost perspective. A lot of the policies that you have through your employer, the group policies, they’re not portable. Or if they are, they’re not great compared to the individual policies. So I think if you can have these separate from the employer, it makes a lot of sense with regard to protecting your financial plan.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and I think you’ve covered a lot here, and there’s just a lot to think through. And we’ve only talked through very briefly three different areas. You mentioned professional liability, life, disability. But questions of like, what do you need? What do you not need? Based on what you do need, how do you shop for those, looking for policies that — and getting advice that really has your best interests in mind to make sure you’re not underinsured or overinsured? What does your employer offer? What do they not offer? What’s the gap? What are the tax implications? So important part of the plan. I think our planning team does an awesome job of weaving this in and for folks to consider, are they underinsured? Do they have adequate insurance or not? And how does that fit in with the rest of their financial goals and plans? So that’s No. 3, no or inadequate insurance. No. 4, Tim, failure to monitor credit reports. Wow. When I think of checking a credit report, I think of boring, No. 1. No. 2 is necessary, right? So you know, why is this such an important step? How often should one be doing it? And why do they need to monitor credit reports over time?

Tim Baker: Yeah, and I would definitely chalk this up to like to stage of life. So you know, if you’re more Gen X or Baby Boomer, this might not be as important because you might not be making the big decisions, although you could be sending kids to college, there might be some loans that you’re taking out. But I would say that if you’re — a lot of the clients that we work with, you know, especially as they’re starting their careers, there’s a lot of decisions that are being made that credit granting is on the table. So that’s like home purchase, car purchase, things like that. Naturally, because of age of credit, your credit is going to become stronger and stronger as you go because that’s the way that the factors that kind of go into your credit score, age of credit is a big one. But I think the big thing that is kind of universal here that is becoming more and more of a thing is just the identity theft stuff. So as our lives become more and more digital and there’s more exposure to theft, it’s kind of this cat-and-mouse game. It’s not really a question of if, it’s really when. Having kind of eyes on this is really important. So I like to typically recommend that we check credit at least twice per year. So I kind of do it when the clocks change, so when we spring forward and fall back. I myself have gone through this exercise. I’ve found large enough mistakes on my credit report that drastically changed my credit score. And this is even — like when I first started advising clients on credit, this was before the days of like banks learning kind of suspicious behavior. A lot of these banks, a lot of these institutions, they’ve come a long way to alert you and kind of give you some structural things to look at, you know, if you have expenses that are out-of-state or whatever. Even in that environment, there were some things that were from my credit report that should not have been there, that drastically changed my score. So typically, you see differences in scores because you have different formulas that every Equifax, Experian, Transunion are using to calculate your score. Different creditors are going to report differently. So if you buy a Toyota, they might be really good about reporting to Equifax but not Transunion for some reason. Or Mastercard is really good, but this other company isn’t. So you’re going to have different inputs. And really, that’s going to be the big factor that will see why your scores are different. But I think the big thing for all those that are out there listening to this is going to just be from an identity theft. And I’ve looked at client credit reports, and I’ve made comments about hey, these are things that we can do to improve this or these are different factors to consider, but I can’t look at a credit report and know that hey, this doesn’t belong there. So it’s really kind of home cooking that is really important here. So the Fact Act that was enacted I think in 2003 allows you to access your credit report for free one time per year from each of the three reporting agencies for free. So you go to annualcreditreport.com. It sounds fake, it sounds kind of hokey, but that’s the way to — the site that you want to go to is annualcreditreport.com, and pull your credit score from each of the reporting agencies. I would just kind of rotate them through and take a glance at it, see if there’s anything fishy or — and then you can always dispute things that are inaccurate, and it’s pretty easy to do that on the website there. So that would be a big thing that I would make sure that you want to build into your practice.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, I think to your point, this is a good maintenance part of the financial plan, right? It’s like periodic oil changes, like we’ve got to be doing this. I like your rhythm of when the clocks change, twice per year, again, annualcreditreport.com. We talk about tax being a thread of the financial plan, credit is a financial — is a thread of the financial plan, impacts so many different areas, whether that would be home buying, real estate investing, business purchases, you mentioned identity theft, so something we’ve got to stay on top of. We did an episode, Episode 162, where we talked all about credit, importance of credit, improving your credit, understanding your credit score, credit security practices, so I’d encourage you to check that out. Again, Episode 162. Tim, No. 5 here on our list of common financial errors is not investing or improper attitude towards investing. Now, I think we’ve talked a little bit about not investing when we talked about not taking advantage of the employer match. So obviously time value of money, compound interest, we’ve got to be in the market. Talk to us more about the improper attitude towards investing. What do you mean there?

Tim Baker: Yeah, so I think there’s like two extremes here when I would say that typically doesn’t necessarily align, which I think with what I think is a healthy investment portfolio. So one is not wanting to dip your toes into the market. So I kind of hear like, ‘Oh, I don’t want to take risks. I don’t want to lose any money.’ And I think for us to kind of stay in front of things like the inflation monster, like taxes, you can’t just stuff your mattress full of dollars and hope to one day be able to retire comfortably. You know, so it’s kind of like if you want to make an omelet, you’ve got to crack some eggs. So the idea here is that we need to build out a portfolio that takes risk intelligently but that is over the course of your career in line with what you’re trying to achieve. And most people, you know, if you’re in your 20s, 30s, 40s, and maybe even 50s, they typically are more heavily weighted in bonds than they need to be, in my opinion. So you know, a lot of people when the market crashed at the beginning of the pandemic, they’re like, oh my goodness, Tim, like I want to take my investment ball and go home, meaning like I want to get out of this investment. And the idea is no, like let’s keep going. Either let’s put more money in or let’s hold the course. So you want to do exactly what the opposite of how you feel. So you know, the big drivers in your ability to build wealth over time from an investment perspective is that you have the appropriate asset allocation, so the mix between stocks and bonds, and really driving your fees as low as possible with regard to the investments. In a lot of cases, when we look at our clients, there’s a lot of opportunity for improvement there. And one of the things we talk about in webinars and even in our presentation with clients is that you look at all the variables in investing, and we have conservative — we talk about Conservative Jane. So Conservative Jane makes $120,000, she gets 3% cost of living raises, she works for 30 years, but she doesn’t invest the dollars. She basically keeps them in cash or like a Money Market. At the end of that time period, she has $600,000. But then we look at Aggressive Jane, who does the exact same thing except the only thing that she changes — and I think the big thing is she puts 10% into her 401k — the only thing that Aggressive Jane does differently than Conservative Jane is that she trusts the market in the long run. So the market returns about 10% year over year, and we adjust it down for inflation to about 6.87%. And Aggressive Jane is not saving harder, she’s not working longer, she’s not making more money, she’s just trusting in the market over that amount of time, and the swing is about — I think it’s $1.2 million. So Aggressive Jane at the end of those 30 years will have $1.8 million. So that’s very impactful if you can internalize that and bake that into your investment strategy is really trust the market. Over long periods of time, it’s very predictable. The only other thing I think I’ll say about this is the other side of that is that people have maybe unrealistic expectations of their investments. So they think that if they invest a certain way for four or five years that they’re going to have this portfolio that it can live off the interest. That’s not the case, you know. And I think that there is a lot of speculation and things like that where you’re heavily invested maybe in crypto or these certain stock that can get you into trouble. And I typically say that it’s not that there’s no room for that, it’s that the overwhelming majority of your investments should be super boring and bland and not exciting at all. And typically the more exciting that the investments are, the worse it is for you, the investor. Keep that in mind as well.

Tim Ulbrich: Tim, I would argue — and you probably see this with clients and our planning team does as well — I’m not sure there’s a harder time than right now to trust the market over a long period of time and stay the course. You know, you mentioned that a good long-term investing plan — I’ve heard you say before — should be as boring as watching paint dry, right?

Tim Baker: Mhmm.

Tim Ulbrich: And I have that head knowledge, like I agree with that and I suspect many of our listeners do as well, but pick up any news cycle for 24 hours, right? I mean, whether it’s — and I’m not saying any one of these alone, to your point, is necessarily a bad thing or that folks shouldn’t be doing them — but whether it’s news around crypto or NFTs or ESGs or think of what happened with GameStop and Robinhood and others, like and I think it really challenges like the philosophy and you really have to be disciplined in like tuning out the noise for long-term investing strategies. Now again, I want to highlight, I’m not saying any of those things doesn’t necessarily have value or doesn’t have a place in one’s plan, but if the vast majority of an investing plan should be boring and should be over a long period of time, we’re trusting the market, it’s hard right now. I mean, it’s hard. Are you feeling that pressure not only individually but I sense from clients you’re probably seeing some of that as well.

Tim Baker: I kind of don’t listen to it. I don’t really read much — I mean, I try to read into it just to have an understanding of what’s going on, but I guess for me, I don’t feel the pull like I used to back in the day. One, because it’s a very humbling experience, and sometimes my clients haven’t been humbled. But like I kind of equate this, Tim, to kind of go a little bit off topic here, it’s like have you ever been around someone that’s like, man, the world is going to heck, this generation, whatever. And I think back on like well, what did they say about like the hippie, like free love? I feel like it’s always — like they probably were saying that about the dot-coms when before that, so there’s probably always been things like that that have tempted people to kind of go awry. And maybe cryptocurrency is a thing that does ultimately shatter our traditional way of looking at money and investments and things like that. I don’t know. I mean, I think that it’s really too soon to tell on that. But yeah, I mean, I think so. I mean, I think it is tough. I think if you’ve been humbled enough, it can be a little bit easier to drown it out. But to me, I think of this as like singles and doubles, singles and doubles, to use the baseball analogy is that if you’re going up at every at-bat and you’re trying to hit the cover off the ball, you’re going to strike out a lot. And you might hit a few home runs, but we’re really looking at consistency. And if I know that there is this — the S&P 500 returns this, and it’s never been, we’ve never had a rolling 20-year period that’s been negative, even through the Great Depression, I’m going to bank on that unless told otherwise. So like, that can be hard for people to hear because they think of investments and they think sexy and exciting and things like that, but that’s not what I think a healthy investment plan makes. I think you want to keep the speculation low. And I’m not saying that that’s not — I still from time to time will go to a casino and play Blackjack or play poker. I still gamble just because I don’t do it as much as I did when I was younger, but just because I’m out and I’m with friends or I’m doing whatever. But if that’s the bulk of what your plan is to get to financial freedom, so to speak, I would caution you.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah.

Tim Baker: And it could work. I mean, it could work. You could put all your proverbial eggs in the Amazon bucket and be completely OK, but you know, the way that people view Amazon — maybe not now but you know, 5-10 years ago, was very similar to how they viewed Sears back in the ‘70s, ‘80s, and ‘90s.

Tim Ulbrich: That’s right.

Tim Baker: And that company was this behemoth and they sold everything and would never go away. And then all of a sudden, it’s not a viable company anymore. So — and I can say this, I used to work for Sears back in the day, so I can say that not everything lasts. But I think that the U.S. stock market has been very predictable over the long run.

Tim Ulbrich: That’s a great example, Tim. We might be dating ourselves a little bit, but you think of — I can remember when it was the lesser known at the time Walmart and Amazon entering into the KMart and Sears world. It’s hard to even think of that in today’s day and age. I think your point about being humbled is a really interesting one. You know, we’re talking about common financial errors. So I’ll throw one out here. 2008, I was humbled by thinking I could pick individual stocks. Thankfully, I didn’t invest a whole lot of money. Circuit City, how did that work out? Right? So you know, I think your point about being humbled and again, there may be a portion of the portfolio where this makes sense for many folks, especially if they want to scratch that itch. The other thing you mentioned here, which I want to highlight we’re going to come back to next week is you mentioned fees. And we’re going to talk next week about how important it is to really understand the fees of your investment portfolio and really understand the impact that those fees can be having on your long-term returns and the importance of holding on to as much of your investment pie as possible. So stay tuned with us next week as we talk about fees. Tim, I want to transition into our sixth and final error, which is not using professional advice, not having a coach in your corner when it comes to the financial plan. And I think this is a good segue to what I just mentioned of this day and age, there’s a lot of noise. And so having somebody who’s keeping you accountable, who’s really reflecting back to you what you said were important and the goals, helping you look across the financial plan and really helping to direct you towards those end goals that you had articulated and to keep you on the path when human behavior may suggest that we want to go off the path from time to time. So obviously we’re biased, full disclaimer, we wholeheartedly believe in the value of a financial planner, otherwise we wouldn’t be doing it. So Tim, tell us why you think this is such an important part of the plan and why it’s perhaps a mistake if folks leave out a coach from their plan.

Tim Baker: Yeah, so I think if we look at it like our mission of empowering pharmacists to achieve financial freedom, I think we both agree that in a one-on-one engagement with a fiduciary, a fee-only planner, is the shortcut to that. And I think we’ve seen that a lot with our clients where we see kind of the before picture and the after picture, and those are typically because of I think that relationship that a planner has with a client and the way that is forcing them to think differently, right? So like I often joke that I’m a financial planner, but I need a financial planner because I need someone to — a third party to objectively look at our financial plan and say like, am I insane? Or are we nuts? Or are we on track? Right? So I like I know the technical piece of it, like I know what it is to be a CFP and what — just like you’re a pharmacist and you need to know the technical piece of it or a doctor, they’re still going to go to like other health providers to kind of provide that insight and those opinions. But so I think the third party is a big thing. I think the other thing that we don’t necessarily trade on that much is, you know, like for a lot of people, when’s the last time you actually sat down and talked about goals with yourself or like with a partner? So like, you know, I kind of equate this to like I’ve been in periods of my life, Tim, where you are so — I don’t want to say like zoned out but like you ever get into your car and you’re going to work, and it’s 6 o’clock in the morning or whenever you go into your work, and you drive that 30-minute commute, and then you get to work and you don’t even remember any of that drive. It’s just —

Tim Ulbrich: That’s right. Yep.

Tim Baker: You’re on like autopilot. I think that the danger of not utilizing a professional in some regard is that you get into that where you like wake up 10 years from now or 20 years from now and you’re like, what the heck did I actually do? Or like is this a wealthy life for me? And you’re not having those critical conversations with yourself or out loud, which I think can be so powerful. So where are we going? Are we sure that’s where we want to go? Is this insane? And having that kind of, again, objective third party to make sure that we’re outlining goals and we’re being held accountable to that. And then I think the other thing that like is really important is that guidance, is that knowledge, is that technical expertise with best interests in mind. So to me, like if you’re talking to a financial planner, the two things that I think need to be there and if they’re not I’m going the other way is are you a CFP? So unlike a PharmD or JD or MD, like this is a designation that there’s an ethics requirement, there’s an experience requirement, there’s an education requirement that most financial advisors don’t need to kind of do what they’re doing. So like the barrier to entry to become a financial planner is very low. So you want to make sure that the CFP designation is there. And I think the other thing is are you a fiduciary? Are you going to act in my best interests? Or can you put your interests, meaning the planner’s interests, ahead of mine? And what most people don’t know is that 95% of advisors out there are not fiduciaries. And typically if you know the names of those types of firms, they’re not fiduciaries, meaning that they can put their own client — put their own interests ahead of their client’s. So you know, I think that the technical expertise and that is, those are just table stakes. Like I think that that’s going to come with the territory. It’s really I think overlying the human element and to me, I think what we try to do from a planning perspective is make sure that we’re taking care of clients today, say in 2021, but we’re also taking care of clients in 10, 20, 30 years from now and their future self and really threading the needle between taking care of what’s going on today and then that future version of yourself. And I feel like if you don’t feel like that push and pull, if you’re always saving or if you’re always spending, that can lead to some problems. And I think that having that objective third party to kind of guide and hold you accountable, give you some tough love, give you some encouragement, give you some idea of where you’re at compared to peers, for example, I think that’s vitally important.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and Tim, what you said about the human element just really resonates with me and I think will with our community as well. I mean, I think we often may have a perception of financial planners or advisors, whether that’s from movies or books we’ve read or parents that have worked with an advisor, whatever it be, but we tend to think I think of more of that tactical type of moves that folks are making, right, whether that’s certain investing decisions and insurance decisions, maybe it’s Roth conversions, things like that, tax decisions, etc. All of those are important and to your point, that’s table stakes in terms of an expertise that they’re going to provide. You want that knowledge, experience, and expertise. But it’s the human element. I think so much of the value you’ve provided to Jess and I has been in the conversations that have been initiated and the constant revisiting of what are our goals? What did we say was important, and are we actually living the wealthy life that we said we wanted to live? And the answer to that is not always yes, but we need that compass that we’re moving towards and we need that reminder, we need some accountability, we need a coach to make sure as life is racing by that we’re ultimately stopping, pausing, and getting back on the direction that we said was so important. So for those that are listening to this, if that is resonating with you, we’d love to have an opportunity to talk with you to see if what we offer from a financial planning standpoint is a good fit for you. You can go to YFPPlanning.com, you can schedule a free discovery call. Again, YFPPlanning.com. Tim or I would love to have a chance to talk with you further. Tim, great stuff. We’ve covered six common financial errors, and as always, we appreciate the community listening in to this podcast. If you liked what you heard on this week’s episode of the podcast, please do us a favor and leave us a rating and review on Apple podcasts or wherever you listen to the show. That will help other pharmacists be able to find this show as well. Thank you so much for joining, and we look forward to this episode next week. Have a great rest of your day.

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

[wptb id="15454" not found ]

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]